MAXPRO ® NVR 5.

6
Installation and Configuration Guide

Document 800-16419V5- Rev - J – 5/2019

This page is intentionally left blank.
Revisions

Issue Date Description

1.0 Rev D Mar, 2014 Updated document for 3.1 Build 65 Rev C

1.0 Rev E Aug, 2014 Updated document for 3.1 SP1

2.0 Rev A Aug, 2015 Updated document for 3.5

3.0 Rev A August, 2016 Updated document for 4.0 Release

800-16419V4-A Feb, 2017 Updated document for 4.1 Release

800-16419V5-A August 2017 Updated document for 4.5 Release

800-16419V5-B November 2017 Updated document for 4.7 Release

800-16419V5-C February, 2018 Updated document for 4.9 Release

800-16419V5-D June, 2018 Updated document for 5.0 Release

800-16419V5-E September, 2018 Updated document for 5.0 T Patch Release

800-16419V5-F October, 2018 Updated document for 5.0 SP1 Release

800-16419V5-G February, 2019 Updated document for 5.5 Release

800-16419V5-J May, 2019 Updated document for 5.6 Release

This page is intentionally left blank.
 MAXPRO NVR 5.6
Table of Contents

Table of Contents
Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Cautions and Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

FCC Compliance Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Important Safeguards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Warranty and Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

List of Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

About This Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Intended Audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Overview Of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Related Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Typographical Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Introduction to MAXPRO NVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

MAXPRO NVR Turnkey Boxed Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

MAXPRO NVR Software Only Solution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
MAXPRO NVR Family . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

MAXPRO NVR Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

New Features in NVR 5.6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

New Features in NVR 5.5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
New features in NVR 5.0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Archival Improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

MAXPRO NVR Typical System Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

MAXPRO NVR 5.6
Table of Contents

MAXPRO NVR Standalone System Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

MAXPRO NVR Hybrid Standalone System Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
MAXPRO NVR Distributed System Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Commissioning MAXPRO NVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Overview of Commissioning Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Steps in the Commissioning Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Setting up the MAXPRO NVR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Installing the Software in the Server and Client Computers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Configuring the MAXPRO NVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Verifying the Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Setting up the MAXPRO NVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Chapter Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Setting up the MAXPRO NVR Turnkey Box Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Typical MAXPRO NVR System Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Typical MAXPRO NVR Hybrid System Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Connecting the Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Powering on the MAXPRO NVR Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Changing the MAXPRO NVR IP Address and Machine Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Configuring the Monitor Display Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Setting up the MAXPRO NVR Software-Only Solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Before you Begin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Hardware Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
MAXPRO NVR Software System Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

MAXPRO NVR Hybrid Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Rear Panel Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Connecting a Video Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Looping Output Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Connecting Control Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
 MAXPRO NVR 5.6
Table of Contents

Connecting Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Connecting an Analog PTZ Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Connecting the Joystick Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

How to log on to the UltraKey Plus keyboard? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

How to log off from the UltraKey Plus keyboard? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Installing the NVR Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Before you Begin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

MAXPRO NVR Software Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

How to Install MAXPRO NVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Full Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Client Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Uninstalling MAXPRO NVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

Client Uninstall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Full Uninstall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

Logging on and Getting Started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Logging on Using Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Logging on to MAXPRO NVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Configuring MAXPRO NVR Windows/ Desktop Client. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Managing Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

Port Forwarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

Getting to Know the MAXPRO NVR User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Viewer Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Configurator Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Search Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Report Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Setting Preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

MAXPRO NVR 5.6
Table of Contents

Settings for Video Rendering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Rendering Settings for a GPU system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Pausing the Video Rendering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Settings for Alarm Preview Pane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Setting the Alarm Threshold Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Configuring the Snapshot Clip Export Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Configuring the OSD Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Configuring the Timeline Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Configuring the Diagnostic Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Configuring the Advanced Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Configuring the Default Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Licensing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Viewing the Version and License Information of MAXPRO NVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Registration and Licensing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Logging off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Closing the MAXPRO®NVR User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Configuring MAXPRO NVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Before you Begin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Firewall Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Configuring the Honeywell cameras with MAXPRO NVR Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

MAXPRO NVR Wizard Settings on the Task bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Navigating to Configurator tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Configuring the System Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Configuring General Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Event Recording Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Email Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Site Info Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Archival Schedule Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
 MAXPRO NVR 5.6
Table of Contents

Edge Sync Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Manual Archival . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Holidays/Exceptions Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Configuring the Disk Management Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Configuring the Cameras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Adding IP Cameras / Encoders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Adding Additional Streams for a Camera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Configuring 360/180 Cameras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Managing Analog Cameras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Server VMD (SMART VMD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Updating the Cameras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Deleting the Cameras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Configuring the Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Creating a Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Deleting a Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Configuring the Sequences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Creating a Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Updating a Sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Deleting a Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Performing User Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Adding a User . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

Updating a User . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Deleting a User . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

Recommendation to use Low bandwidth stream option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

Automatic Retry for Backfilled Clips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

Upgrade MAXPRO NVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

Enable Recording During On Demand Streaming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

Privacy Protection Settings (GDPR Favored) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

MAXPRO NVR 5.6
Table of Contents

Anonymization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Four Eye Authentication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Licensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
How to enable Anonymization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
How to enable Four Eye Authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Video Anonymization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Improved GPU Rendering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

Guidelines to configure NAS Drive for Recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

QNAP NAS for Recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

Playing archived clips through Client machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
How to configure the Archival and Deletion retry settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

Annotations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

How to get/configure Annotation Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

Install the VA packages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Obtain the License and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Configure and Enable Annotation in NVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Snapshots with Annotations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Setting the Audio Codec in Camera Web Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

Verifying the Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

Before you Begin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

Activities to Perform in this Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

Checking the Connection with the MAXPRO NVR Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Checking the Device listing in the Devices Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Checking the Acknowledgment and Clearing of Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Checking the Live Video from Cameras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

Checking the Playback of Recorded Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

Checking the Panning, Tilting, and Zooming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

 MAXPRO NVR 5.6
Table of Contents

Checking the Creation of Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

Checking the Creation of Clips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

Checking the Salvo View Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

Checking the Search for Recorded Video in MAXPRO NVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

Checking the Generation of Event History/ Operator Log Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

Upgrade MAXPRO NVR Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 4.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

MAXPRO NVR Web Client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

Introducing Web Client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Installing Web Client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Setting the MAXPRO Web Configurator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Creating Self Signed Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Binding the generated certificate with https. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Installing the Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278

Procuring and Installing CA Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

Installing an SSL Certificate in Windows Server 2008 (IIS 7.0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

Changing Default Port 443 for the MAXPRO Web Client and MAXPRO Mobile app . . . . . . . 289
Viewing the Certificate Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

MAXPRO NVR Mobile App . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

MAXPRO NVR Mobile app Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

Installing the MAXPRO NVR Mobile app . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Typical Network Configuration and Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Creating Users for the MAXPRO NVR Mobile app . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Adding the MAXPRO NVR to the MAXPRO NVR Mobile app . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Adding Multiple NVR Recorders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Editing NVR Recorder Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
MAXPRO NVR 5.6
Table of Contents

Deleting the Saved NVR Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

Changing Default Port 443 for the MAXPRO Web Client and MAXPRO NVR Mobile app . . . 311

Appendix A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Customizing IP Address and Machine Name and Scheduling Metadata and Database Back-
up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313

Changing the Default IP address and Machine Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313

Scheduled Metadata and Database Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313

Scheduled Task for Backing up the Metadata and Database. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

Meta Data Conversion Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
How to Enable Video on demand feature in MAXPRO NVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324

Appendix B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Image Stream Combinations for Oncam Grandeye Cameras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327

For Oncam Grandeye Evolution Cameras. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327

Device Characteristics of Oncam Grandeye Cameras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327

VMD Settings and Motion-based Recording Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

Overview of MAXPRO NVR Recording Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

Configuring the Pre and Post Event Recording Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Configuring Camera Settings for VMD-Based Recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Server VMD (SMART VMD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Configuring Built-in VMD (Camera based VMD) on Honeywell IP Cameras . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

Event and Alarm Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

Configuring Loitering & Intrusion Trace Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

MAXPRO®NVRs - AXIS Camera/Encoders Discovery and Configuration (using ONVIF) 341

Step 1: Enable ONVIF Web Service on AXIS Camera/Encoder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

Step 2: Discover and Configure the AXIS Camera/Encoder in MAXPRO® NVR . . . . . . . . . . 344

Appendix C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Patches Released on Top of NVR 4.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
 MAXPRO NVR 5.6
Table of Contents

AXIS Patch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

Skylake Patch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
How to increase the Limit for Rendering Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
How to Disable the GPU Rendering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
MAXPRO NVR 5.6
Table of Contents

This page is intentionally left blank

 MAXPRO NVR 5.6
List of Figures

List of Figures
Figure 1-1: MAXPRO NVR SE System Diagram ............................................................... 49
Figure 1-2: MAXPRO NVR HYBRID XE Standalone System Architecture ........................ 50
Figure 1-3: MAXPRO NVR Distributed System Architecture ............................................. 51
Figure 3-1: Typical MAXPRO NVR System Diagram ......................................................... 55
Figure 3-2: Typical MAXPRO NVR Hybrid System Diagram ............................................. 56
Figure 3-3: Network and Sharing Center .......................................................................... 58
Figure 3-4: LAN Properties ................................................................................................ 58
Figure 3-5: MAXPRO NVR Software Solution Standalone System ................................... 60
Figure 3-6: MAXPRO NVR Software Solution Distributed System .................................... 61
Figure 3-7: Hybrid XE Connections ................................................................................... 63
Figure 3-8: Hybrid SE Connections .................................................................................. 64
Figure 3-9: Hybrid PE Connections ................................................................................... 65
Figure 3-10: Input and Output Ports For MAXPRO NVR Hybrid PE ................................. 66
Figure 3-11: Connecting a Video Source .......................................................................... 66
Figure 3-12: Looping Output Termination ......................................................................... 67
Figure 3-13: Control Outputs ............................................................................................. 68
Figure 3-14: Connecting Sensors ..................................................................................... 68
Figure 3-15: 4-Pin Adapter ................................................................................................ 69
Figure 4-1: Automatic Windows Update Enabled Warning Message .............................. 72
Figure 4-2: Pending Reboot Error Message ..................................................................... 72
Figure 4-3: License Agreement ......................................................................................... 75
Figure 4-4: Customer Information and Destination Folder details .................................... 75
Figure 4-5: Validation of User Credentials ........................................................................ 76
Figure 4-6: Choose Installation Type ................................................................................ 77
Figure 4-7: Choose Installation Type ................................................................................ 78
Figure 4-8: Database Server Log on ................................................................................. 79
Figure 4-9: Choose location for MAXPRO NVR database Path ........................................ 80
Figure 4-10: Choose Recording Drives ............................................................................. 81
Figure 4-11: Localization Support ..................................................................................... 82
Figure 4-12: Summary ....................................................................................................... 82
Figure 4-13: Reboot prompt .............................................................................................. 83
Figure 4-14: MAXPRO NVR 5.0 Client Configuration ........................................................ 86
Figure 4-15: Localization Support ..................................................................................... 87
Figure 4-16: Summary ....................................................................................................... 88
Figure 4-17: Reboot prompt .............................................................................................. 88
Figure 4-18: Retaining Trinity Database ............................................................................ 90
Figure 4-19: Installation Finish .......................................................................................... 91
Figure 5-1: MAXPRO NVR Log on dialog box ................................................................... 94
Figure 5-2: Server Settings dialog box .............................................................................. 97
Figure 5-3: Setting the Default Profile ............................................................................... 97
Figure 5-4: Editing the Ports .............................................................................................. 98
Figure 5-5: Port Forwarding Scenario 1 ............................................................................ 99
Figure 5-6: Port Forwarding scenario 2 .......................................................................... 100
Figure 5-7: Viewer tab ...................................................................................................... 102
Figure 5-8: Configurator tab ............................................................................................ 104
Figure 5-9: Search tab ..................................................................................................... 105
Figure 5-10: Report tab ................................................................................................... 106
Figure 5-11: General Settings tab ................................................................................... 107
Figure 5-12: Rendering Settings tab ............................................................................... 107
Figure 5-13: Rendering Settings tab ............................................................................... 108
MAXPRO NVR 5.6
List of Figures

Figure 5-14: Settings for pausing the Video Rendering .................................................. 109
Figure 5-15: Settings for the Alarm Preview Pane ........................................................... 110
Figure 5-16: Setting the Alarm Threshold ........................................................................ 111
Figure 5-17: Settings for SnapShot Clip Export .............................................................. 111
Figure 5-18: OSD Settings tab ......................................................................................... 112
Figure 5-19: Timeline Settings tab ................................................................................... 112
Figure 5-20: Diagnostic Settings tab ............................................................................... 113
Figure 5-21: Advanced Settings Tab ............................................................................... 114
Figure 5-22: Advance Settings Tab Service Restart ........................................................ 114
Figure 5-23: About MAXPRO NVR ................................................................................... 116
Figure 5-24: License Management Console .................................................................... 117
Figure 6-1: CONFIGURATION page ................................................................................ 122
Figure 6-2: CAMERA DISCOVERY page ......................................................................... 123
Figure 6-3: Discovered Cameras ..................................................................................... 123
Figure 6-4: INSTALLATION page ..................................................................................... 124
Figure 6-5: MAXPRO NVR Wizard Task bar Settings ...................................................... 125
Figure 6-6: System page .................................................................................................. 127
Figure 6-7: Archive Progress ............................................................................................ 131
Figure 6-8: Disk Management page ................................................................................ 133
Figure 6-9: Graphical Illustration ...................................................................................... 135
Figure 6-10: Drive Type .................................................................................................... 136
Figure 6-11: Camera page ............................................................................................... 137
Figure 6-12: Camera Properties pane ............................................................................. 141
Figure 6-13: Auto Discovery Window .............................................................................. 146
Figure 6-14: Camera Properties Pane ............................................................................. 147
Figure 6-15: Adding Stream ............................................................................................. 148
Figure 6-16: Camera Type field displaying “ONVIF DEVICE” for a ONVIF camera ........ 150
Figure 6-17: Encoder discovery ....................................................................................... 151
Figure 6-18: Adding the Encoder ..................................................................................... 152
Figure 6-19: Adding FLIR Model Camera ........................................................................ 153
Figure 6-20: Saving FLIR Camera .................................................................................... 154
Figure 6-21: RTSP Settings .............................................................................................. 154
Figure 6-22: IO page ........................................................................................................ 156
Figure 6-23: Panomorph Settings .................................................................................... 158
Figure 6-24: Grandeye Dewarping Settings .................................................................... 160
Figure 6-25: Discovering AXIS 360 Camera .................................................................... 161
Figure 6-26: Adding Remaining Axis Channels ............................................................... 162
Figure 6-27: AXIS Channels ............................................................................................. 162
Figure 6-28: Adding Arecont 360 Model Camera ............................................................ 164
Figure 6-29: Adding Remaining Arecont channels .......................................................... 164
Figure 6-30: Arecont Channels ........................................................................................ 165
Figure 6-31: EquIP- Fisheye camera Settings ................................................................. 166
Figure 6-32: Dewarping Success Message ..................................................................... 167
Figure 6-33: Dewarped Views List ................................................................................... 168
Figure 6-34: Adding or Deleting Analog Camera ............................................................ 169
Figure 6-35: Camera page ............................................................................................... 170
Figure 6-36: Camera properties pane .............................................................................. 171
Figure 6-37: Color Correction dialog box ........................................................................ 173
Figure 6-38: Camera properties pane .............................................................................. 175
Figure 6-39: Input and Output Ports For MAXPRO NVR Hybrid XE ................................ 177
Figure 6-40: Input and Output Ports For MAXPRO NVR Hybrid SE ................................ 178
 MAXPRO NVR 5.6
List of Figures

Figure 6-41: MAXPRO NVR Hybrid PE Rear View .......................................................... 179

Figure 6-42: Input and Output Ports For MAXPRO NVR Hybrid PE ............................... 180
Figure 6-43: Detection of relevant motion ....................................................................... 182
Figure 6-44: SMART VMD Configuration ......................................................................... 183
Figure 6-45: Schedule page ............................................................................................ 185
Figure 6-46: Sequence page ........................................................................................... 186
Figure 6-47: User page .................................................................................................... 190
Figure 6-48: Enable On Demand .................................................................................... 197
Figure 6-49: License Privacy protection Settings ........................................................... 200
Figure 6-50: Privacy protection Settings ......................................................................... 201
Figure 6-51: Anonymization Camera Level ..................................................................... 201
Figure 6-52: Anonymization at USer level ....................................................................... 202
Figure 6-53: Blur View ..................................................................................................... 203
Figure 6-54: Pixelize Views .............................................................................................. 204
Figure 6-55: Enable Four Eye .......................................................................................... 204
Figure 6-56: Four Eye Authentication .............................................................................. 205
Figure 6-57: Four Eye Authentication Success ............................................................... 206
Figure 6-58: Authenticating User ..................................................................................... 206
Figure 8-1: Welcome Wizard ........................................................................................... 246
Figure 8-2: Installation Complete .................................................................................... 246
Figure 8-3: Welcome Wizard ........................................................................................... 247
Figure 8-4: Installation Complete .................................................................................... 248
Figure 8-5: Welcome Wizard ........................................................................................... 249
Figure 8-6: Installation Complete .................................................................................... 249
Figure 8-7: Welcome Wizard ........................................................................................... 250
Figure 8-8: Installation Complete .................................................................................... 250
Figure 8-9: Welcome Wizard ........................................................................................... 251
Figure 8-10: Validation of User Credentials .................................................................... 252
Figure 8-11: Localization Support ................................................................................... 253
Figure 8-12: Summary ..................................................................................................... 253
Figure 8-13: Upgrade Finish ............................................................................................ 254
Figure 8-14: Welcome Wizard ......................................................................................... 255
Figure 8-15: Installation Complete .................................................................................. 256
Figure 8-16: Welcome Wizard ......................................................................................... 257
Figure 8-17: Installation Complete .................................................................................. 257
Figure 8-18: Welcome Wizard ......................................................................................... 259
Figure 8-19: Installation Complete .................................................................................. 259
Figure 8-20: Welcome Wizard ......................................................................................... 261
Figure 8-21: Installation Complete .................................................................................. 261
Figure 8-22: Taking Database backup using the MAXPRO NVR Agent ......................... 262
Figure 8-23: Validation of User Credentials .................................................................... 263
Figure 8-24: Choose Metadata Path ............................................................................... 264
Figure 8-25: Summary ..................................................................................................... 264
Figure 8-26: Reboot prompt ............................................................................................ 265
Figure 9-1: MAXPRO WebConfigurator ........................................................................... 269
Figure 9-2: MAXPROWebConfigurator-Server Configuration ......................................... 272
Figure 9-3: MAXPROWebConfigurator-Security Configuration ...................................... 273
Figure 9-4: Home ............................................................................................................. 275
Figure 9-5: Server Certificate ........................................................................................... 275
Figure 9-6: Specify Friendly Name .................................................................................. 276
Figure 9-7: Generated Certificate .................................................................................... 276
MAXPRO NVR 5.6
List of Figures

Figure 9-8: Site Bindings Dialog ...................................................................................... 277

Figure 9-9: Edit Site Bindings .......................................................................................... 277
Figure 9-10: Certificate Error ............................................................................................ 278
Figure 9-11: Untrusted Certificate .................................................................................... 278
Figure 9-12: Certificate ..................................................................................................... 279
Figure 9-13: Certificate Import Wizard ............................................................................. 279
Figure 9-14: IIS Home ...................................................................................................... 280
Figure 9-15: Create Certificate Request ........................................................................... 281
Figure 9-16: Request Certificate ...................................................................................... 281
Figure 9-17: Request Certificate ...................................................................................... 282
Figure 9-18: Request Certificate ...................................................................................... 283
Figure 9-19: IIS Manger .................................................................................................... 284
Figure 9-20: IIS Manger .................................................................................................... 284
Figure 9-21: Complete Certificate request ....................................................................... 285
Figure 9-22: IIS manger-Server Certificate ...................................................................... 285
Figure 9-23: Site Bindings Dialog .................................................................................... 286
Figure 9-24: Add Site Bindings ........................................................................................ 286
Figure 9-25: Certificate ..................................................................................................... 287
Figure 9-26: Certificate Import Wizard ............................................................................. 288
Figure 9-27: Server Configuration .................................................................................... 289
Figure 9-28: Program Maintenance ................................................................................. 291
Figure 9-29: Certificate dialog .......................................................................................... 292
Figure 10-1: System Diagram .......................................................................................... 297
Figure A-1: Computer Management ................................................................................ 314
Figure A-2: Task Scheduler .............................................................................................. 315
Figure A-3: Create Basic Task ......................................................................................... 315
Figure A-4: Task Trigger .................................................................................................. 316
Figure A-5: Daily Dialog ................................................................................................... 316
Figure A-6: Action dialog .................................................................................................. 317
Figure A-7: Start a Program ............................................................................................. 317
Figure A-8: Meta Data Conversion Utility Login ............................................................... 319
Figure A-9: Meta Data Conversion Utility ......................................................................... 320
Figure A-10: Define Unique ID screen ............................................................................. 321
Figure A-11: Updating Unique ID ..................................................................................... 322
Figure A-12: Offline Mode ................................................................................................ 323
Figure A-13: Offline Updating Unique ID ......................................................................... 323
Figure B-1: I-frame Example ............................................................................................ 329
Figure B-2: Camera configuration page .......................................................................... 330
Figure B-3: Sensitivity Level Comparison: Normal Field of View .................................... 333
Figure B-4: Sensitivity Level Comparison: Wide Field of View ........................................ 333
Figure B-5: Combination Field of View Example ............................................................. 334
Figure B-6: Upgrade Firmware - Setup Page .................................................................. 336
Figure B-7: Smart Plan Setup Page ................................................................................. 337
Figure B-8: Extensional smart function page .................................................................. 337
Figure B-9: Xtralis Login ................................................................................................... 338
Figure B-10: Loiter Trace Page ........................................................................................ 338
Figure B-11: Loiter Trace Configuration .......................................................................... 339
Figure B-12: Loiter Trace - Calibrate ................................................................................ 339
Figure B-13: Loiter Trace - Zones .................................................................................... 340
Figure B-14: Loiter Trace - Parameters ............................................................................ 340
Figure B-15: Loiter Trace - Live View Logs ...................................................................... 341
 MAXPRO NVR 5.6
List of Figures

Figure B-16: User List ...................................................................................................... 342

Figure B-17: ONVIF User Setup ...................................................................................... 342
Figure B-18: Server Maintenance .................................................................................... 343
Figure B-19: Axis Credentials .......................................................................................... 345
MAXPRO NVR 5.6
List of Figures

This page was intentionally left blank

Precautions

Cautions and Warnings

Installation and servicing should be performed only by qualified and experienced technicians
to conform to all local codes and to maintain your warranty.

WEEE (Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment). Correct disposal of this

product (applicable in the European Union and other European countries with
separate collection systems). This product should be disposed of, at the end of
its useful life, as per applicable local laws, regulations, and procedures.

FCC Compliance Statement

Information to the User: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits
for a Class A digital device. Pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules, these limits are designed to
provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated
in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio
frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual,
may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a
residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required
to correct the interference at his own expense.

Caution: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party

responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the
equipment.

This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.

Cet appareil numérique de la Classe B est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 21

 PRECAUTIONS
Important Safeguards

Important Safeguards
1. Read Instructions
All the safety and operating instructions should be read before the appliance is operated.
2. Retain Instructions
The safety and operating instructions should be retained for future reference.
3. Cleaning
Unplug this equipment from the wall outlet before cleaning it. Do not use liquid aerosol
cleaners. Use a damp soft cloth for cleaning.
4. Attachments
Never add any attachments and/or equipment without the approval of the manufacturer
as such additions may result in the risk of fire, electric shock, or other personal injury.
5. Water and/or Moisture
Do not use this equipment near water or in contact with water.
6. Ventilation
Place this equipment only in an upright position. Ensure product ventilation openings are
not obstructed.
7. Accessories
Do not place this equipment on an unstable cart, stand, or table. The
equipment may fall, causing serious injury to a child or adult, and
serious damage to the equipment. Wall or shelf mounting should
follow the manufacturer's instructions, and should use a mounting
kit approved by the manufacturer.
This equipment and cart combination should be moved with care.
Quick stops, excessive force, and uneven surfaces may cause the
equipment and cart combination to overturn.
8. Power Sources
This equipment should be operated only from the type of power source indicated on the
marking label. If you are not sure of the type of power, please consult your equipment
dealer or local power company.
9. Power Cords
Operator or installer must remove power, BNC, alarm, and other connections before
moving the equipment.
10. Lightning
For added protection for this equipment during a lightning storm, or when it is left
unattended and unused for long periods of time, unplug it from the wall outlet and
disconnect the antenna or cable system. This will prevent damage to the equipment due
to lightning and power-line surges.
11. Overloading
Do not overload wall outlets and extension cords to avoid the risk of fire or electric shock.
12. Objects and Liquids
Never push objects of any kind through openings of this equipment as they may touch
dangerous voltage points or short out parts that could result in a fire or electric shock.
Never spill liquid of any kind on the equipment.
13. Servicing
Do not attempt to service this equipment yourself. Refer all servicing to qualified service
personnel.

22 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
PRECAUTIONS
Important Safeguards

14. Damage Requiring Service

Unplug this equipment from the wall outlet and refer servicing to qualified service
personnel under the following conditions:
• When the power-supply cord or the plug has been damaged
• If liquid is spilled or objects have fallen into the equipment
• If the equipment has been exposed to rain or water
• If the equipment does not operate normally by following the operating instructions,
adjust only those controls that are covered by the operating instructions as an
improper adjustment of other controls may result in damage and will often require
extensive work by a qualified technician to restore the equipment to its normal
operation.
• If the equipment has been dropped or the cabinet damaged
• When the equipment exhibits a distinct change in performance-this indicates a need
for service.
15. Replacement Parts
When replacement parts are required, be sure the service technician has used
replacement parts specified by the manufacturer or that have the same characteristics as
the original part. Unauthorized substitutions may result in fire, electric shock, or other
hazards.
16. Safety Check
Upon completion of any service or repairs to this equipment, ask the service technician to
perform safety checks to determine that the equipment is in proper operating condition.
17. Field Installation
This installation should be made by a qualified service person and should conform to all
local codes.
18. Correct Batteries

WARNING! Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type.

Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions.

19. Operating Temperature

An operating temperature range is specified so that the customer and installer may
determine a suitable operating environment for the equipment.
20. Elevated Operating Ambient Temperature
If installed in a closed or multi-unit rack assembly, the operating ambient temperature of
the rack environment may be greater than room ambient. Therefore, consideration
should be given to installing the equipment in an environment compatible with the
specified operating temperature range.
21. Reduced Air Flow
Installation of the equipment in the rack should be such that the amount of airflow
required for safe operation of the equipment is not compromised.
22. Mechanical Loading
Mounting of the equipment in the rack should be such that a hazardous condition is not
caused by uneven mechanical loading.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 23

 PRECAUTIONS
Warranty and Service

23. Circuit Overloading

Consideration should be given to connection of the equipment to supply circuit and the
effect that overloading of circuits might have on over-current protection and supply wiring.
Appropriate consideration of equipment nameplate ratings should be used when
addressing this concern.
24. Reliable Earthing (Grounding)
Reliable grounding of rack mounted equipment should be maintained. Particular attention
should be given to supply connections other than direct connections to the branch circuit
(for example, use of power strips).

Warranty and Service

Subject to the terms and conditions listed on the Product warranty, during the warranty period
Honeywell will repair or replace, at its sole option, free of charge, any defective products
returned prepaid.
In the event you have a problem with any Honeywell product, please call Technical Support at
1-800-323-4576 (North America only) for assistance or to request a Return Merchandise
Authorization (RMA) number.
Be sure to have the model number, serial number, and the nature of the problem available for
the technical service representative.
Prior authorization must be obtained for all returns, exchanges, or credits. Items shipped to
Honeywell without a clearly identified Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA) number
may be refused.

List of Symbols
The following is a list of symbols that might appear on the NVR.

Symbol Explanation

The WEEE symbol.

This symbol indicates that when the end-user wishes to dis-
card this product, it must be sent to separate collection facili-
ties for recovery and recycling. By separating this product
from other household-type waste, the volume of waste sent to
incinerators or landfills will be reduced, and thus natural re-
sources will be conserved.

The UL compliance logo.

This logo indicates that the product has been tested and is list-
ed by the Underwriters Laboratories.

The FCC compliance logo.

This logo indicates that the product conforms to Federal Com-
munication’s Commission compliance standards.

24 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
PRECAUTIONS
List of Symbols

Symbol Explanation

The direct current symbol.

This symbol indicates that the power input/output for the prod-
uct is direct current.

The alternating current symbol.

This symbol indicates that the power input/output for the prod-
uct is alternating current.

The LDPE symbol.

This symbol indicates that this product is made of Low-Densi-
ty Polyethylene (LDPE).

The Direct Current symbol.

This symbol indicates that the product operates from a 12 V
direct current.

The Lead-free symbol.

This symbol indicates that the product does not contain lead
(Pb).

The CCC compliance logo.

This logo indicates that the product conforms with the China
Compulsory Certification guidelines.

The Environment Friendly Use-period symbol.

This symbol indicates the length of time that this electronic
product can used without harming the environment.

The RCM Compliance symbol.

This symbol indicates that the product conforms with the Aus-
tralian RCM guidelines.

The TUV Lab symbol.

This symbol indicates that the product has been safety tested
by the TUV Lab.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 25

 PRECAUTIONS
List of Symbols

Symbol Explanation

The Direct Current symbol.

This Direct Current symbol indicates that the product operates
direct current.

This symbol indicates that the product is to be used indoors.

The CE Compliance logo.

This logo indicates that the product conforms to the relevant
guidelines/standards for the European Union harmonization
legislation.

The Protective Earth symbol.

This symbol indicates that the marked terminal is intended for
connection to the protective earth/grounding conductor.

This symbol is used to direct attention to important informa-

tion.

This symbol warns that the corresponding action could result

in an electric shock.

This symbol indicates On/Standby functionality of the corre-

sponding control/button/switch.

26 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

About This Guide

Overview
This guide describes the procedures and guidelines for installing, configuring and using the
MAXPRO® NVR system.

Intended Audience
This document is intended for field and commissioning engineers.

Scope
This guide describes the installation and configuration procedures for both the MAXPRO NVR
turnkey boxed solutions (MAXPRO NVR XE, SE, PE and MAXPRO NVR Hybrid XE, SE, PE
models) and MAXPRO NVR software-only solution. This guide covers the following four major
sections:
• Installing MAXPRO NVR
• Configuring MAXPRO NVR
• Configuring Web Client
• Installing and Configuring MAXPRO NVR Mobile App
• Upgrading MAXPRO NVR
• Securing MAXPRO NVR

Overview Of Contents
The following table describes the detailed structure and the contents of each chapter in this
guide.

No Chapter Description
1 Introduction to MAXPRO NVR Introduces the MAXPRO NVR system and
types of Video surveillance solutions.

2 Commissioning MAXPRO NVR Describes the commissioning procedures

for the MAXPRO NVR system.
3 Setting up the MAXPRO NVR Describes the tasks to set up the:
• MAXPRO NVR Single Box solutions.
• MAXPRO NVR Software-Only solution.

4 Installing the NVR Software Describes the procedures to install the

MAXPRO NVR software.

5 Logging on and Getting Describes how to log on and gives an

Started overview of the MAXPRO NVR.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 27

 ABOUT THIS GUIDE
Related Documents

No Chapter Description
6 Configuring MAXPRO NVR Describes the tasks for configuring the
MAXPRO NVR.

7 Verifying the Configuration Describes the tasks to verify the MAXPRO

NVR configuration.
8 Upgrade MAXPRO NVR Describes how to upgrade MAXPRO NVR
Software

9 MAXPRO NVR Web Client Describes the procedures to install and

configure the MAXPRO NVR Web Client.
10 MAXPRO NVR Mobile App Describes the procedures to install and
configure the MAXPRO NVR Mobile App.

11 Securing MAXPRO NVR Describes the mandatory security settings

that needs to be performed on MAXPRO
NVR.
12 Appendix A Describes the procedures to customize
MAXPRO NVR Single-box Turnkey solutions
and setting up the Antivirus software on
MAXPRO NVRs.
13 Appendix B Describes the Image Stream Combinations
and Device Characteristics of Oncam
Grandeye Cameras, Configuring VMD
Settings and Motion-based Recording,
Event and Alarm Types and
MAXPRO®NVRs - AXIS Camera/Encoders
Discovery and Configuration (using ONVIF).
14 Appendix C Lists the various patches that are released
on top of MAXPRO NVR 4.0. It also explains
the enhancements that you can experience
after installing the specific patch.

Related Documents
This document listed in the table serves as a necessary prerequisite for understanding
MAXPRO NVR.

Document title Part number Description

MAXPRO NVR Operator’s 800-16422V5-J This document is written for everyday MAXPRO NVR users who
Guide perform the basic video surveillance operations.

28 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
ABOUT THIS GUIDE
Typographical Conventions

Typographical Conventions
This guide uses the following typographical conventions.

Font What it represents Example

Swiss721 BT Words or characters that you must type. The word Enter the password.
“enter” is used if you must type text and then press
the Enter or Return key.

Menu titles and other items you select Double-click Open from the File menu.

Buttons you click to perform actions Click Exit to close the program.

Heading Installation
Italic Cross-reference to external source Refer to the System Administrator
Guide.

Cross-reference within document See Installation.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 29

 ABOUT THIS GUIDE
Typographical Conventions

This page is intentionally left blank

30 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

Introduction to MAXPRO®NVR
1
Overview
Honeywell’s MAXPRO® NVR line includes turnkey solutions—NVR (XE, SE, PE) with 8 to 64
channels and NVR Hybrid (XE, SE, PE) with 16 to 64 channels—and software solutions that
range from 4 to 64 channels. It supports ONVIF Profile S and PSIA interoperability standards,
RTSP, native integration for third-party cameras—including 360° camera support—and
encoders from Honeywell, Axis and other manufacturers, making it a truly open system.
MAXPRO NVR provides easy to use desktop clients, web clients and mobile apps. The
advanced IP video capabilities make MAXPRO NVRs easy-to-install with 3-clicks* to live video
and easy-to-use with features such as Video Surround, Calendar Search, SMART Motion
Search and SMART VMD for every day security users as well as advanced video surveillance
users.
* - With default settings and in a local area network for specific models.

MAXPRO NVR Turnkey Boxed Solutions

Honeywell’s MAXPRO NVRs offer ideal solutions from entry to enterprise IP video surveillance
systems. Supporting Honeywell's high definition (HD) cameras and broad integration with
third-party IP cameras and encoders. The MAXPRO family of NVRs is a powerful HD IP
recording and security monitoring system for a variety of applications. MAXPRO NVR comes
pre-installed with the required software and pre-licensed with the required channels
depending on the MAXPRO NVR model you purchase.

MAXPRO NVR Software Only Solution

Honeywell’s MAXPRO NVR Software is a flexible, scalable and open IP video surveillance
system. Supporting Honeywell's high definition (HD) cameras and broad integration with third
party IP cameras and encoders, the MAXPRO NVR family is a powerful, high definition IP
recording and security monitoring system for a variety of applications. MAXPRO NVR Software
solution ensures flexibility for end-user IT departments when the choosing NVR hardware to
deploy and end users will find it as easy as a simple DVR to configure and operate.
MAXPRO NVR Software is an open platform that supports broad third party device
integrations with support for PSIA and ONVIF Profile S standards, real time streaming protocol
(RTSP) standard and native device integrations. MAXPRO NVR provides easy-to-use desktop,
web clients and mobile apps. MAXPRO NVR Software comes with all required software
applications and a license for 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 or 128 channels while allowing for up to 128
cameras as your system grows. Minimum hardware specifications for different levels of
recording and monitoring performance are provided for IT departments to choose the
appropriate hardware platform for their system. This, along with quick and easy
commissioning wizards for discovery and system configuration, makes installing HD IP
systems quick and efficient without requiring any IP expertise. Simple and logical
configuration pages make setup a breeze even for the novice installer. The following table
describes the software solutions available.

MAXPRO NVR Family

The following table describes the various MAXPRO NVR Hybrid and MAXPRO NVR offerings
that are available.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 31

 INTRODUCTION TO MAXPRO®NVR
1 Overview

MAXPRO NVR Hybrid MAXPRO NVR Hybrid MAXPRO NVR Hybrid MAXPRO NVR XE MAXPRO NVR SE MAXPRO NVR PE MAXPRO NVR
XE (Xpress Edition) SE (Standard Edition) PE (Professional (Xpress Edition) (Standard Edition) (Professional Edition) Software
Edition)

Simple, affordable Flexible, scalable Enterprise class NVR Simple, affordable Flexible, scalable Flexible, software
Description Enterprise class NVR
NVR Hybrid NVR Hybrid Hybrid NVR NVR only NVR

16 Analog and 48 IP 16 Analog and 48 IP 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 or

Channels 16 Analog or 16 IP 8 or 16 Up to 64 Up to 64
or only 64 IP or only 64 IP 128

Maximum
Frame Rate

at 4CIF/VGA
480 fps (16 ch IP) 1920 fps (64 ch IP) 1920 fps (64 ch IP) 480 fps 1920 fps 1920 fps
IP
Server hardware
at 720p IP 480 fps (16 ch IP) 1920 fps (64 ch IP) 1920 fps (64 ch IP) 480 fps 1920 fps 1920 fps dependent-Minimum
hardware specs
at 1080p IP recommended for
(4 Mbps 480 fps (16 ch IP) 1280 fps (64 ch IP) 1920 fps (64 ch IP) 480 fps 1280 fps 1920 fps various fps
bitrate)

at CIF or 480 fps CIF or 120 480 fps CIF or 120 480 fps CIF or 120
4CIF/D1 fps 4CIF/D1 (16 ch fps 4CIF/D1 (16 ch fps 4CIF/D1 (16 ch
Analog Analog) Analog) Analog)

1 - 16 TB, internal 1 - 24 TB removable Up to 68 TB RAID 1 - 12 TB 1 - 48 TB, removable Up to 68TB RAID Server hardware
Storage
fixed bays 5/6, removable bays internal fixed bays 5/6, removable bays dependent

Server hardware
Form Factor Desktop Workstation/Server Server Desktop Workstation/Server Server
dependent

32 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
INTRODUCTION TO MAXPRO®NVR
MAXPRO NVR Features

Note: The product options available in your region may vary, please contact your local
Honeywell representative for more information.

MAXPRO NVR Features

MAXPRO NVR (Turnkey NVR/Hybrid boxes - XE, SE, PE and Software only solution) offers the
following key features that differentiate it from other IP video surveillance systems.

New Features in NVR 5.6

Suppor t for Equip seri es V2 Cameras

The following is the list of Equip Series V2 camera integration is supported in MAXPRO VMS:

Note: Recommended to use NVR 5.6 and above to connect to the below camera
firmware.

# Camera Model Type

1 H2W2GR1

2 H3W2GR1V

3 H3W4GR1V

4 H4W2GR1V

5 H4W4GR1V WDR cameras

6 HBW2GR1V

7 HBW2GR3V

8 HBW4GR1V

9 HCW2GV

10 H4L2GR1V

11 HCL2GV Ultra Low Light

12 HBL2GR1V

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 33

 INTRODUCTION TO MAXPRO®NVR
1 MAXPRO NVR Features

The below table details the Firmware version compatible with the NVR 5.6 Build 572:

Camera Firmware Web Onvif ISOM Xtralis Xtralis Intrusion Loitering Trigger
Model Version Version Version Intrusion Loitering Detection Detection Line
Detectio
n

Equip S Series V2 Firmware version VA Packages

Ultra 1.00000000.1 1.3.1, 1.0.8

3.2.1.722 1.0.8, 1.0.8,
Low 8, 2019-04-23 16.1.2 2019-04- 1.01.19 1.01.19 2019-
805 2019-01-15 2019-01-15
Light Or above. 21 01-15

1.00000000.1 1.3.1,
WDR 3.2.1.716
8, 2019-04-09 16.12 2019-04-
cameras 054
Or above. 04

The above Equip S Series V2 Firmware version supports the following features:
• New VA events added with Annotation support
• Xtralis IntrusionTrace™
• Xtralis LoiterTrace™
• Intrusion Detection
• Loitering Detection
• Trigger Line Detection

Note: Annotation feature is supported only with Xtralis XO package.

• Profile -G Edge Sync recording

• Mulitcast

Suppor t for HRHQ104 DVR

NVR 5.6 supports HRHQ104/108/116 DVR (V1.00.00HW001.1.190422) as 4/8/16ch encoders

Suppor t for smooth Renderi ng at VMS

NVR 5.6 Build 570 installation is mandatory for smooth reverse playback in MAXPRO VMS.

New Features in NVR 5.5

Analytics Annotati ons Support

Camera built in Annotations feature helps to trace and locate the moving subjects in
live/recorded video and generates an alarm if intrusion or loitering is detected. After this
feature is enabled in NVR, subjects in video when found in Region Of Interest, is bounded by
rectangle box and on alarm conditions, it will be signified with a change in color of bounding
box.
Annotation support for Intrusion Trace and Loiter Trace in Live and Playback video is
supported with only Equip-S Series specific cameras
See Annotations section on how to configure this feature.

34 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
INTRODUCTION TO MAXPRO®NVR
MAXPRO NVR Features

Enhancements i n Vi deo connecti on

Improvements in video connection from Viewer.

New features in NVR 5.0

Patches Merged i n SP1

5. 0 T Patch
• Refer to the 800-22559V1-E_MAXPRO NVR_5.0_T
Patch_Whats_New_Release_Notes for complete information on new features in 5.0 T
Patch.

Windows Expi ry Patch

This patch is to make MAXPRO VMS application not to apply password expiry option for
windows users. Refer to the MAXPRO® VMS_ Windows Expiry_Patch_Release Notes for
detailed information.

Archival Improvements

Include Ar chived Cli ps

This feature allows user to search Archived clips including the recording clips. User needs to
select Include Archived Clips check box under Filter area while searching for recorded clips.
Based on the search criteria the archived clips are displayed in Grey color. When user drag
and drop the archived clips in to the panel then camera name and clips status as REC is
displayed. Refer to the MAXPRO® NVR Operator Guide for complete details on how to
search for Archived clips.

Note: If user selects Include archived clip check box and then search for archived clips,
it displays only auto archived clips. It will not display the manually archived clips.

Pri mary and Ar chived Location

The Archived clips in the Result window also displays the location of Archived clip as
explained below.
• Archived: The clip is available in Archived path
• Primary, Archived: The clips is available in both primary storage and Archived path

Camer a Name & Cli p status

In Viewer screen following are the improvements:
• Under Snapshots/clips, the folder naming structure is changed to camera name.
• When a user drag and drops a archived clip into panel, the archival camera name
with clip status Rec is displayed.
• If Archived clips are played in MAXPRO clip player then the camera name and clip
status is also displayed.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 35

 INTRODUCTION TO MAXPRO®NVR
1 MAXPRO NVR Features

Ar chival Schedule Check box

Ensure Clip scheduled for archival are not deleted until archived check box is introduced in
System tab > Archival Schedule to ensure that clips will not be deleted by the system until it is
archived. The following are the benefits if user selects this check box.
• If the clip deletion schedule is reached for a specific clip then this feature will retry
and archive the clip.
This check box settings is applicable for the following:
• Integrity services
• Neo Deletion Scheduled
• Disk Space Full
• Distress deletion

Ar chival Clip and Deletion Retry

This feature is introduced to allow user to configure the Archival and Deletion retry settings in
the config file available in bin folder. For any reason if the archival drive disconnects then
based on the config file settings the:
• Archival clip retry feature will help to get the pending archival clips.
• Deletion clip retry feature will retry the process and deletes the clips.
The default value for retry process is set to 4. User can set the required number for archival
and deletion retry process.
See How to configure the Archival and Deletion retry settings section on how to set the retry
process.

Vali dati on Message For Network Credenti als

If user adds a Network Drive for Archival without Domain, Username and Password then a
validation message is displayed to provide the network credentials.

Disabled Password Neve r Expir es

In User tab, if IS Windows user check box is selected then the Password Never Expire check
box is disabled and it cannot be cleared. This ensures that for a Windows user the password
will never expiries.

Playing archi ve d clips through Cli ent machi ne

User was unable to access and play the archived clips from NVR server machine. If user drag
and drops the archived clips into the viewer then an error message is displayed.
User needs to have the privileges to access the archived clips from remote NVR clients. Refer
to the See Playing archived clips through Client machine for complete details of the possible
combinations to play the archived clips from client machine.
See Different Scenarios to playback Archived Clip section to playback Archived clips.

Improved GPU renderi ng

GPU Rendering capability is now enhanced to handle the camera video packets along with
decompression technique. User can view smooth and clear live video through GPU rendering.
User should modify the registry value in client or server machine to enable GPU rendering
mode. See Improved GPU Rendering section on page 209 for more information.

36 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
INTRODUCTION TO MAXPRO®NVR
MAXPRO NVR Features

GPU Renderi ng Combinations

The below table explains the combination settings between Enabling GPU Rendering option
in Preference tab and Registry settings.

IF And If Then
User enables Enable GPU Rendering
user sets GPU_Rendering_Value Both Decompression and Rendering will be
check box in Preferences > Rendering
flag to 1 processed through in GPU mode.
options tab
User enables Enable GPU Rendering Decompression process will happen through
user sets GPU_Rendering_Value
check box in Preferences > Rendering GPU and Rendering will be processed in CPU
flag to 0
options tab mode.
user does not select Enable GPU
user sets GPU_Rendering_Value Both decompression and Rendering will be
Rendering check box in Preferences >
flag to 1 processed through CPU.
Rendering options tab

60FPS support for EQUIP-S 1080P cameras

EQUIP-S 1080 P Model cameras are now supported with 60FPS rendering through GPU
Rendering Mode. The following are the list of cameras support 60 FPS.

Note: Cameras beyond 1080 resolution will not support 60 FPS rendering.

• H4L2GR1V
• HBL2GR1V
• HCL2GV
• H4W2GR1V
• HBW2GR1V
• HBW2GR3V
• H3W2GR1V
• HCW2GV
• H2W2GR1

NAS Recordi ng suppor t

Network Attached Storage (NAS) external drive is now supported for recording video clips
along with other drives in MAXPRO NVR. This helps user to extend the storage capacity to
save the recordings. User needs to configure the directory and user permission in respective
NAS web page to use this feature. See Guidelines to configure NAS Drive for Recording
section on page 212 for complete information

Note: If customer is using Infotrend NAS then they have to create the user inside the
NAS box. The username could be NVR-Admin or Administrator.

Vi deo Anonymization
This feature allows user to configure or mask identifiable objects based on the scene
environment. It provides flexibility to choose and configure the required camera based on the
mounting position. User need to select the required Environment from the Stream
Preferences Settings based on the camera mounting position. The following are the options

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 37

 INTRODUCTION TO MAXPRO®NVR
1 MAXPRO NVR Features

supported. See Video Anonymization section on page 207 for more information on how to
configure based on scene environment.
• Variable Scene: If the scene contains both stationary and moving people or objects
then select this option to anonymize the objects in the scene.
• High Motion Scene: To anonymize the objects in high motion in the scene.
• Still Scene: To anonymize the objects in a scene where the scene predominantly
contains stationary people and objects.

Installati on
• NVR 5.0 Installation is supported for Windows 2016 OS (Server).
Introduced the following new services
• TrinityIntegrity Service: A service that runs in background and ensures all the
system data is synchronized. As part of 5.0 release it includes features such as
Delete Orphan Data and Drive Feature. See Integrity Service Settings section for
more information.
• Trinityupdate Service: A service introduced to scale recording capacity on
demand and to enable necessary steps required for additional recording
services.
• NeoStorageserver3 and NeoStorageserver4: These services are to support 128
channels in a system and starts automatically after a user crosses 64 and 96
channels respectively. These services will stop when user deletes the cameras
and the count goes less than <64 and <97 respectively.

Suppor t for 128 Channel

Additional 64 channels are provided with the existing 64 channels, resulting in a total of 128
channels in NVR Software and PE RAID System. User needs to buy license for the additional
channels. If only Encoders are added in the system then without additional license user can
add up to 128 Channels. However, adding additional channels depends on the type of
encoder.

Pri vacy Protection Settings (GDPR)

Anonymization Support
Anonymization feature is to help the business owner to meet the EU GDPR compliance
standards easily. The objective of this feature is to hide the identifiable personal data or
personal identity in a video surveillance system using masking techniques. This feature is
specific to European Union region and valid license is required to enable this feature.
Anonymization at NVR level can be set in Configurator > Systems tab and only an
Administrator can use this feature and grant access in User tab. This feature can also be
enabled at camera level under Stream >Preferences tab. EquIP Series cameras are
supported by this feature.
To mask the identifiable objects based on the scene environment, see How to Anonymize
objects based on Environment section on page 207 for more information.
The Anonymization feature supports two types of masking:
• Blur: Blurs the region
• Pixelize: Pixelizes the region

38 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
INTRODUCTION TO MAXPRO®NVR
MAXPRO NVR Features

Four Eye Authentication Support

This feature is also part of Privacy Protection setting and to meet the EU GDPR compliance
standards easily. This feature is to restrict all users in a surveillance system to perform
Playback operation. While performing playback operation at least two people from different
roles should authenticate. For an Administrator, user authentication is not required and can do
any playback operation. For an operator user, a popup is displayed and an Administrator user
or any other User with different role needs to authenticate to perform playback operation.
In MAXPRO NVR, a check box is introduced to enable this feature in Systems tab. By default
this check box is not selected. User need to obtain valid license to enable this feature.
The following table explains the Four Eye Authentication based on the user and roles

User Authenticating User Valid Authentication

Administrator Or any other user with different
Operator Yes
role
Operator Operator No
Operator Operator 2 Yes

Clip Export with Anonymization support

Anonymization feature is supported for both Playback and Clip Export operation.

Note: If a user exports a clip with Anonymization using Clip Export option then only
WMV format is supported.

Password Complexity and Expi ry Enhancements

The following are the enhancements:
• Improved change of password security by introducing complexity requirements. The
following are the password requirements.
• The password should have a minimum length of 12 characters.
• The password should consist of at least one number, one uppercase letter and
one special character
• If user changes the password, it will expire for every 90 days. Earlier it was no expiry
• If user wants to set the password which should never expire then navigate to
Configurator > Users tab. Select the Password Never Expire check box for the
specific user.
• User is notified with the message Your Password will expire in no.of days on the top
right corner of the screen.
• If Admin password is expired then the administrator can use the Change Password
feature in NVR log in screen to create a new one.

Note: Only administrator will have access to user screen and can change the password
for operator. Operator should contact administrator for changing the password
and settings.

In Upgrade Scenario
If user upgrades to NVR 5.0 then the password complexity requirements will be applicable.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 39

 INTRODUCTION TO MAXPRO®NVR
1 MAXPRO NVR Features

In Fresh Installation Scenario

In case of Fresh Installation, the following are the recommendations:
• Only default username is displayed and the password field will be blank
• User must create new password
• In Create New Password dialog box, leave the Old Password field blanks and
proceed.

UI Improvements
For better user experience and accessibility the following features are rearranged in Systems
tab
• Archival Schedule
• In camera level added after 30 minutes (s) as a new entry.
• Edge Sync Settings
• Privacy Protection Settings

Improvements in Status Moni tor

• Additional status message Database Connection lost is included. This will help user
to know the status of database connection.
• Color Indications:
• Green: Everything is Fine
• Blinking between Yellow and Green: Not Recording
• Blinking between Yellow and Red: Database Connection Lost

System and Performance Improvements

• There is no Metadata from 5.0 Release onwards.
• No separate drive is required for Metadata
• New Recording file system with no Index files except PassIndex is introduced
and it is for per camera and per drive.
• Plug-in a new recording drive which can have recordings of another 5.0 NVR,
and play the same recordings by adding the same Unique Number of the
camera.
• Supports backward compatibility (5.0 version can play till 4.9 version recordings
(With Metadata) including 5.0 recordings). No recording loss in user’s
perspective.
• Recording, Retrieval and Recycle features will have no dependency on index
files.
• PassIndex only use as catalyst
• New naming convention for Segment files (Num_StartTime_EndTime)
• Access recordings directly from recording drive
• Each recording drive is self sufficient
• XML Corruption recovery
• Auto recovery of corrupted XMLs by NEO on the run
• No functionality loss

40 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
INTRODUCTION TO MAXPRO®NVR
MAXPRO NVR Features

Integr ity Service Settings

This is a new a service that runs in background and ensure all system data to be
synchronized. Following are the features this service provides as part of 5.0 release.
1. Delete Orphan Data: In this feature, system will find and clean up orphan clips from file
system or DB. Orphan data will be identified based on camera configured deletion
settings.
2. Drive Feature: In this feature, Drive Full Scan is performed until a new fixed drive is
detected in NVR system. Based on the scan result, data sync up or orphan data clean up
process is initiated using the current camera configuration or if the camera is not found
then, by default the data after 30 days will be deleted..

For Example: If NVR 1 is down due to some technical issues, then the hard disk of NVR 1
can be used in NVR2. NVR2 initiates the scan, detects the drives and displays the
recordings of NVR 1.
• Running on schedule base is same as windows scheduler.
• Has capability to process deleted camera’s data for Orphan deletion.
3. Schedule of when to start the service can be configured.
4. Allows Neo to recycle data first (since by default it deletes clips with retention period + 24
hours)

New EquIP 1080p and 4MP Camera Integration

1. Configuration is done through Honeywell proprietary ISOM APIs
2. After integrating the new EquIP Camera, system will be able to perform the following
• H.264, H.265 and MJPEG coded support
• HTTPS support
3. New events supported: With the EquIP series camera integration the following events are
generated.
• Abandoned Object detection
• Object Missing detected
• Trigger Line detection
The following EquIP series Camera models are supported using ISOM API’s

# Camera Model Description Firmware Details

1 H4L2GR1V 2MP Lowlight outdoor dome Version: 1.000.0000.10, Build Date: 2018-05-
29
2 HBL2GR1V 2MP Lowlight IR bullet
ISOM Version 1.2.1_Build 20180529
3 HCL2GV 2MP Lowlight box camera VA Package Version: 1.0.8_build20180529

4 H4W2GR1V 2MP WDR outdoor dome

5 H4W4GR1V 4MP WDR outdoor dome

6 HBW2GR1V 2MP WDR bullet, 2.7-13.5mm

7 HBW2GR3V 2MP WDR bullet, 5-60mm

Version: 1.000.0000.9, Build Date: 2018-05-
8 H3W2GR1V 2MP WDR indoor dome 25
9 H3W4GR1V 4MP WDR indoor dome ISOM Version: V 1.2.1_Build 20180524
10 HCW2GV 2MP WDR box camera

11 H2W2GR1 2MP Pancake camera

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 41

 INTRODUCTION TO MAXPRO®NVR
1 MAXPRO NVR Features

RTSP H.265 Support

• Any H.265 URL can be added and streamed with Generic-RTSP streamer name.

Enhancements i n MAXPRO Mobile APP

• Introduced new Mobile app versions
• For Andriod: 1.3.0 (100030004)
• For IOS: 1.3.0 (100030001)
• New Supported OS: minSDKVersion = 21
• Finger Print Authentication is supported for Android version of MAXPRO Mobile app.
However, this feature is available on Fingerprint supported devices.
Limitation with Privacy Protection Settings
• If Anonymization is enabled in NVR application, then user will not be able to see the
video in MAXPRO mobile app/Web client. An error message is displayed.
• If Four Eye Authentication option is enabled in NVR application then user will not be
able to view playback video in MAXPRO mobile app/Web client.

Grand Eye New Evoluti on support

EVO18 0 and EVO12

Industry Standar ds
MAXPRO NVR is an open platform and supports broad third party device integrations with
support for PSIA and ONVIF Profile S standards, Real Time Streaming Protocol (RTSP)
standard and native device integrations.

Flexi ble Licensing

MAXPRO NVR comes with all required software applications and licenses.

Role Base d Operator Pr ivilege s

MAXPRO NVR offers role-based operator privileges supporting Windows and Local users. You
can add up to 1024 users under the Users tab.

Easy Configur ati on

A quick and easy 3-click* wizard to set up the system with auto-configuration and auto-
discovery of IP cameras, recording and monitoring configuration, makes installing HD IP
systems quick and efficient without requiring any IP expertise. Simple and logical
configuration pages make setup a breeze, even for the novice installer.
* - With default settings and in a local area network for specific models.

64 channel Support
MAXPRO NVR (SE, PE), Hybrid NVR (SE, PE) and Software only solution now support 64
channels. You can connect up to 64 cameras based on your type of solution.

42 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
INTRODUCTION TO MAXPRO®NVR
MAXPRO NVR Features

Auto Discover y
Discovering the IP cameras in the network is now simpler with the enhanced auto discovery
interface. You can define the IP range to search for the cameras in the network and also
camera credentials can be set at once for the newly discovered cameras.

MultiStream
MAXPRO NVR provides you with the flexibility to add multiple streams with different
resolutions on a single camera. Depending on the type of camera you can add and configure
additional streams and can define the Video Quality Settings, Recording Settings, and Stream
Preference settings. Based on your requirements you can view or render different resolutions
on a single camera. It also allows you to set various parameters for your recording, including
audio.

Third Par ty ONVIF Profi le G supported cameras:

Following new Third Party ONVIF compliance Profile-G cameras are now supported in NVR
4.7.

Profile G Cameras Camera Type Firmware Details

Tyco ADCi350-B111 V3.1.0 .170215

Samsung QNO-7010R 1.04_170224

Panasonic WV-SFV631L 2.41

MAXPRO Web Configurator

Enhanced the Web configurator user interface with new themes, for a better user experience
while configuring the System, Server and Security configurations for Web client and mobile.

New Deleti on Schedule

Introduced new deletion schedule where user can now retrieve the recordings of the last 5
years.

GPU Renderi ng Suppor t

Cost-effective enhanced HD video rendering on remote desktop clients with support for
monitoring of up to 18 1080p HD cameras in real time (30 fps) with no-time-lapse using the
GPU capabilities of built-in processor graphics with Intel® 4th generation and above
processors. This feature allows a user to render high resolution cameras while optimizing the
CPU consumption. To know about improvised GPU rendering capability, see Improved GPU
Rendering section on page 209 section.

Analog Capture Card Support

MAXPRO NVR Hybrid supports an Analog Capture card through which you can manually add
16 analog cameras. Each capture card comes with 16-channel support and allows you to
manage the analog cameras.

User -Friendly and Feature- Rich User Inter face

The MAXPRO NVR user interface is based on Honeywell's flagship MAXPRO® VMS user
interface which offers a feature-rich user experience. Utilization of this familiar interface allows
for the “Learn One, Know Them All” concept that ensures familiarity across a broad range of
Honeywell products.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 43

 INTRODUCTION TO MAXPRO®NVR
1 MAXPRO NVR Features

MAXPRO Status Monitor

MAXPRO Status Monitor is a brand new application in NVR V4.0 release that helps you to
search and monitor the NVR’s (System or Recording Engine) in the current network. You can
monitor a single system/recording engine or multiple systems/recording engines at once. This
application is installed along with the NVR 4.0 software update and can be accessed on the
desktop.
You can manually add or auto search for NVRs and then connect to a single or multiple NVRs
(System or Recording Engine) to monitor the status of various parameters.
For a system you can monitor parameters such as CPU Consumption, Average Disk Queue
Length, Disk Write/Read and so on, depending upon the NVR connected.
For a Recording engine you can monitor parameters such as Total FPS Received/Recorded,
Total Bitrate Received/Recorded, Total Active Cameras and so on.

Recordi ng and Playback Operations

MAXPRO NVR supports simultaneous recording, live and playback viewing, search and
system management of all supported IP cameras including HD formats in a single server
instance.

On Demand li ve Streami ng (VOD)

On Demand Live Streaming feature allows you to configure and store recordings at camera
level. Later the recordings at the camera level can be synchronized back to view in NVR
viewer. This avoids persistent stream recording. MAXPRO NVR configured as On Demand Live
Streamer streams video from camera, only when a client request a live stream for viewing.
When all the clients close the particular camera, then streaming from the camera is stopped.
The NVR configured as On Demand streamer supports only Sync back edge recording.
On Demand live streaming is compatible from MAXPRO NVR Viewer, MAXPRO NVR Web
Clients and MAXPRO NVR Mobile app clients.
In your PC, by default On demand Live Streaming registry value is set to zero (disabled). User
needs to change the value to 1 to use this feature. See How to Enable Video on demand
feature in MAXPRO NVR section for more information.
Recording support in On Demand video Streaming: It is also an add-on for the existing
Edge Sync Recording feature. This feature helps user to enable recording during on demand
video streaming. A check box is introduced in Configurator > System tab to enable this
feature. Earlier only live video was supported.

Profi le-G or Edge Sync Suppor t

Profile-G or Edge Sync feature allows you to synchronize the recordings from the camera SD
card to NVR. Camera SD card contains recordings that are configured on demand. This
features enables the user to playback only those recording which are saved on demand in the
SD card. User can enable the edge syn feature in Camera page and configure the day and
time for synchronizing in System window to get the recordings from the camera. Edge Sync
feature is applicable only to the cameras with SD card. This feature is supported only for New
EquIP Series model cameras.
Automatic Retry clips is an add-on for the existing Edge Sync Recording feature. This feature
is meant to retry and download the failed clips. It allows user to configure various parameters
in the config file to avoid clips download failure. If any clips fails to download then based on
the user configuration auto retry feature downloads the clips to NVR.

Low bandwidth Stream Settings:

Use Low Resolution Stream: This feature is to view the low resolution video in any format of
salvo layout. User needs to configure the low resolution (for any Primary or secondary stream)

44 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
INTRODUCTION TO MAXPRO®NVR
MAXPRO NVR Features

in MAXPRO NVR camera page. For the following scenario under which you can use this
option:
• For a specific site if you want to use the Low Resolution stream option then you need
to configure the stream settings in the camera tab. See Recommendation to use Low
bandwidth stream option section for more information.

Note: If you want to set the bit-rate value for a low bandwidth site then you can set this
value in the camera web page

Receive Only I Frame/Low Bandwidth Streaming: This feature is applicable only for the
sites with Low bandwidth. It allows user to receive and view only I Frame considering the
bandwidth at the site. This feature is only supported for MAXPRO NVR.
Use Extended time Outs: This helps in increasing the default time outs for NVR connections,
stream connections and snapshots retrieval. This feature is only supported for MAXPRO NVR.

Opti mize Stream Usage Settings:

Enable Stream Switch: Enable stream switch automatically switches between low and high
resolution streams in the salvo layout based on the users selection. User should have
minimum two streams available to use this feature. By default camera will stream in high
resolution video in single salvo layout and the same camera when it is drag and dropped in
multiple salvo, it streams with low resolution video. This feature is only supported for MAXPRO
NVR.

Enr iched Video Viewi ng Exper ience

MAXPRO NVR offers an enriched video viewing experience through the intuitive video
rendering engine that optimizes CPU utilization by altering the video frame rate.

Effi cient Event and Alar m Viewi ng Capabi lity

MAXPRO NVR provides the ability to investigate events and alarms by simultaneously viewing
alarm videos at various stages. For every alarm, users can view the video captured during pre-
alarm, on-alarm, and post-alarm, and also view live video from the camera which triggered the
alarm.

Si multaneous Video Recording and Video Viewi ng

MAXPRO NVR supports multiple simultaneous operations such as video recording and video
viewing or alarm monitoring on the server unit without the need for an additional workstation.
It also provides the option of remote monitoring clients. You can view live video while
simultaneously performing searches.

Vi deo Motion Detection (VMD) Support

MAXPRO NVR supports both camera-based and server-based video motion detection (VMD).
Camera-based VMD support depends on the integration method and the motion detection
performance depends on camera analytics. Server-based VMD (SMART VMD) is supported
for all video devices supported by NVR, and is based on Honeywell Active Alert analytics
algorithms supporting object-based motion detection with reduced false alarms.

Search
MAXPRO NVR supports multiple search features: Timeline Search, Preview Search,
Alarm/Events Search, Calendar Search and SMART Motion Search.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 45

 INTRODUCTION TO MAXPRO®NVR
1 MAXPRO NVR Features

SMART Motion Search

SMART Motion Search feature allows you to search for a missing object by searching on
motion in recorded video within a short span of time. This feature overcomes the traditional
way of searching an object in recorded videos. It also provides you with before and after
recordings of a missing object.

360 Immersi ve Expe rience (Dewar pi ng) Support

MAXPRO NVR supports client side dewarping integration with Oncam Grandeye and
Immervision 360 applications.

New EquIP Series Camera Models Support

Additional 8 new EquIP camera models are now supported (HFD6GR1, HSW2G1, HCD8G,
HBD8GR1, H4D8GR1, HDZ302DE, HDZ302D, HDZ302DIN). In addition the following are the
advanced features that are offered through these cameras:
• Intrusion trace ( Need to purchase separate license to enable this feature in camera)
• Face Detection
• Audio Detection (For cameras with Built-in Microphone or External Microphone)
• SD Card Failure

New high perfor mance and specialty EquI P Camera Suppor t

• HM4L8GR1: 8 MP IR Rugged Multi-Imager Dome
• HMBL8GR1: 8 MP IR Rugged Multi-Imager Bullet
• H4L6GR2: Low-Light 6 MP IR Rugged Dome
• HBL6GR2: Low-Light 6 MP IR Rugged Bullet
• HEPB302W01A04: 1080p 30x Explosion-Proof IP Camera, 4 m cable
• HEPB302W01A10: 1080p 30x Explosion-Proof IP Camera, 10 m cable
• HTMZ160T302W: Dual Sensor Thermal/Visual IP PTZ Camera

3D Posi tioning
3D Positioning feature enables you to view a specific object in a live video in 3-dimensional
view. On a live video you need to draw a region to view a specific object. This feature is
supported only with New EquIP PTZ (HDZ302DE, HDZ302D, HDZ302DIN) camera models.

New EquIP Camera Model Dewarpi ng

New EquIP FishEye Camera (HFD6GR1) is capable of delivering FishEye view of the
surrounding and which can also be Dewarped to different view types depending on the
mounting position.

H. 265 Codec Support

H265 codec type is now supported to optimize the storage requirements for higher solution
cameras. H265 is only supported for New EquIP model cameras (HFD6GR1, HSW2G1,
HCD8G, HBD8GR1, H4D8GR1, HDZ302DE, HDZ302D and HDZ302DIN). H.265 cameras
supports GPU based Rendering. Now you can render upto 23 H.265 cameras with 1080P
Resolution at 30 FPS/30 GOP.

46 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
INTRODUCTION TO MAXPRO®NVR
MAXPRO NVR Features

Limitations of H.265 Codec Type:

• H.265 is not supported in MAXPRO Mobile app
• H.265 is not supported in Web client

Meta Data Conversi on Utility

Meta data conversion utility allows you to replace or update the unique system ID number of
the recorded clips and Meta data details for all or specific cameras. This utility helps you to
retain your recorded clips and Meta data details during Failover /Failback operations. This
allows a user to effectively playback the recorded clip without loss of video.

Multi- language Support

MAXPRO NVR supports multiple languages such as English, French, Arabic, Russian,
Spanish, Italian, Dutch, German, Czechoslovakian, Portuguese and Polish. English is the
default language.

Keyboard Support
MAXPRO NVR supports industry standard Honeywell keyboards connected over Ethernet
such as UltraKey Plus and UltraKey Lite

Cli p Export
MAXPRO NVR supports exporting clips with audio in - WMV, ASF and Honeywell MPVC
formats. It also supports exporting still images/snapshots in .BMP format. The clips can be
signed with digital signatures to ensure authenticity.

MAXPRO NVR Clip Player

MAXPRO NVR Clip Player is a Honeywell proprietary clip player designed to only playback
exported MAXPRO Video Container format (MPVC) clips. This clip player is part of the NVR 4.0
package and can be accessed in the NVR installation folder.

Email Notification
MAXPRO NVR supports email notification on camera, system and operator events.

Vi deo Sur round Feature

MAXPRO NVR offers Video Surround, which provides the ability to track subjects of interest as
they move between areas covered by adjacent cameras. Simply double-click on the panel
where the subject is currently visible to track the subject.

Profi le Cameras
Multi-zoom views on HD video and support for Profile cameras to create virtual cameras by
digitally zooming into the field of view. Example: Zoom in on a cash register in one view of the
HD camera and at the same time monitor the cash operator in the zoom out view of the HD
camera

Reports
Using the MAXPRO NVR, you can generate Event History and Operator Log reports, each of
which has its own significance. These reports can be exported in PDF, Crystal Reports, Excel
and Word formats.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 47

 INTRODUCTION TO MAXPRO®NVR
1 MAXPRO NVR Features

Integr ati on Capability

Multiple MAXPRO NVRs can be deployed for system expansion using a distributed
architecture and integrated with the MAXPRO Viewer multi-site software or MAXPRO VMS
enterprise video management system. MAXPRO also integrates with WIN-PAK® and Pro-
Watch® Access Control Systems.

Audio
MAXPRO NVR supports 1-way audio (camera to NVR) for specific IP cameras. Please refer to
the MAXPRO NVR compatibility list at
www.security.honeywell.com/hota/compatibility/index.html for the models supported.

Web Client
The MAXPRO NVR Web Client allows you to remotely access the MAXPRO NVR server using a
web browser like Internet Explorer and perform video surveillance. It gives you the flexibility to
view live video and perform the basic video surveillance functions remotely over the web.
MAXPRO NVR Web Client supports viewing the live video, viewing Recorded Video
(Playback), taking a Snapshot and viewing Presets.

Ar chival
This feature enables you to archive the recorded video from the system manually or
automatically to a NAS or SAN disk. You can define a specific schedule to archive the
recordings periodically or you can manually archive whenever required. For both cases you
should configure the archival disk/drive in the Configurator > Disk tab. To configure NAS for
recording, see Guidelines to configure NAS Drive for Recording section on page 212 for
complete information.

Mobile Apps
MAXPRO NVR supports mobile monitoring clients on iOS and Android with MAXPRO NVR
Mobile apps. The apps can be used to perform common daily tasks such as viewing live
video, zooming in for full screen viewing, playback or searching for video by date and time,
perform PTZ control through presets, monitor & manage alarms and taking a snapshot of a
video frame. Recent enhancements also include One configuration for both Local and Remote
server connection, Fingerprint Authentication login is support (only for IOS devices), Digital
Zoom (only for IOS devices), HIS Streaming and HTTPS support

Advanced Security
MAXPRO NVR supports advanced security features with encryption support for
communication between desktop client to NVR and secure https login for the Web Client and
Mobile App.

48 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
INTRODUCTION TO MAXPRO®NVR
MAXPRO NVR Typical System Architecture

MAXPRO NVR Typical System Architecture

MAXPRO NVR Standalone System Diagram

The following figure illustrates the MAXPRO NVR SE system architecture.

Figure 1-1 MAXPRO NVR SE System Diagram

Note: The NVR SE box in the above system diagram is used as an example of a typical
system. Other System diagrams for NVRs (XE, PE and Software only) look similar
to the NVR SE and will only have minor differences.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 49

 INTRODUCTION TO MAXPRO®NVR
1 MAXPRO NVR Typical System Architecture

MAXPRO NVR Hybrid Standalone System

Diagram
The following figure illustrates the MAXPRO NVR HYBRID XE Standalone system architecture.

Local Monitor (not supplied) Mobile Devices

MAXPRO® NVR HYBRID XE

Esc F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 PrtScn Scroll Pause
SysRq Lock Break Num
Lock
Caps
Lock
Scroll
Lock

Router/
~
`
Tab
!
1
Q
@
2
W
#
3
R
$
4
R
%
5
T
^
6
Y
&
7
U
*
8
I
(
9
O
)
0
P
_
-
{
+
=
}
Backspace

|
Insert Home P

Delete End P
age
Up
age
Num
Lock
7 8
/

9
*
_

USB
Firewall
[ ] \ Down Home PgUp
+
CapsLock A S D F G H J K L : Enter 4 5 6
;
Shift Z X C V B N M < > ? Shift 1 2 3
, . / End PgDn

DVI-D/VGA/HDMI/DP
Enter
Ctrl Alt Ctrl 0 .
Ins Del

USB
Internet
Camera Network Client Workstation
Port (default Network Port
Wireless Router
192.168.1.101) (default 172.25.254.101)

Camera Network PoE Switch ClientWorkstation Network Switch

CAT5e CAT5e CAT5e

CAT5e
CAT5e
CAT5e
CAT5e ClientWorkstation

HCD2F
H4D2F1 HCD5HIH
HD4HDIH H3D2F1 CAT5e
HD3HDIH
Honeywell and Third-Party
IP Cameras and Encoders

Analog Cameras

Figure 1-2 MAXPRO NVR HYBRID XE Standalone System Architecture

Note: The Hybrid NVR XE box in the above system diagram box is used as an example
of a typical system. Other system diagrams for Hybrid NVRs (SE, PE) look similar
to the Hybrid NVR XE and will only have minor differences.

50 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
INTRODUCTION TO MAXPRO®NVR
MAXPRO NVR Typical System Architecture

MAXPRO NVR Distributed System Architecture

The following figure illustrates the MAXPRO NVR distributed system architecture.

Figure 1-3 MAXPRO NVR Distributed System Architecture

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 51

 INTRODUCTION TO MAXPRO®NVR
1 MAXPRO NVR Typical System Architecture

This page is intentionally left blank

52 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

COMMISSIONING MAXPRO NVR
2
Overview of Commissioning Procedure
Commissioning is the process of setting up the MAXPRO NVR system hardware, installing the
software and configuring the NVR system. At the end of the commissioning process, the
MAXPRO NVR system is equipped for use by operators to perform video surveillance
operations.

Steps in the Commissioning Procedure

The process of commissioning involves the following phases.

• Setting up the MAXPRO NVR system

• Installing the Software in the Server and Client Computers

• Configuring the MAXPRO NVR

• Verifying the Configuration

Setting up the MAXPRO NVR

Setting up the MAXPRO NVR involves:

• Determining the number of MAXPRO NVR server and client computers at the location.
• Choosing the desired MAXPRO NVR system architecture.
• Connecting the monitors to the MAXPRO NVR. After connecting the monitors, configure
the monitor display properties.
• Connecting the keyboards (for example, Ultrakey) to the MAXPRO NVR unit.
See the Setting up the MAXPRO NVR Turnkey Box Solutions section on page 55 for
information on how to setup the MAXPRO NVR XE/SE/PE or MAXPRO NVR Hybrid XE/SE/PE
system.
See the Setting up the MAXPRO NVR Software-Only Solution section on page 60 for
information on how to setup the MAXPRO NVR Software installed on a 3rd party Server.

Installing the Software in the Server and Client

Computers

Note: Full/Fresh installation is NOT required on Honeywell’s boxed solutions: MAXPRO

NVR XE, SE, PE and MAXPRO NVR Hybrid XE, SE, PE. Fresh client installation is
only required on client computers.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 53

 COMMISSIONING MAXPRO NVR
2 Steps in the Commissioning Procedure

The following steps are involved to install the MAXPRO NVR software on a 3rd party hardware:
1. The server and client computers meet the minimum hardware and software requirements.
2. Installing the MAXPRO NVR software.

Caution: Don't install any Email client on the MAXPRO NVR server machine.

See the MAXPRO NVR Software Installation section on page 73 for information on software
requirements and installation instructions for the MAXPRO NVR software.

Configuring the MAXPRO NVR

In this phase, you need to configure the MAXPRO NVR through the user interface. Configuring
MAXPRO NVR includes the following:

• Configuring the Honeywell cameras with MAXPRO NVR Wizard

• Configuring the system level settings

• Configuring the disk management settings

• Configuring the schedule based recording for cameras

• Performing user administration

See the Configuring MAXPRO NVR section on page 119 for information on how to configure
the MAXPRO NVR system.

Verifying the Configuration

Verifying the configuration involves checking whether the surveillance operations can be
performed using MAXPRO NVR. Surveillance operations include: viewing the live video,
performing the pan, tilt, and zoom on the video, and starting the video recording.
See the Verifying the Configuration section on page 239 for information on how to perform the
verification.

54 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

SETTING UP THE MAXPRO NVR
3
Chapter Overview
This chapter describes the settings for setting up the MAXPRO NVR system.

• For setting up the MAXPRO NVR Single-box solution, see the Setting up the
MAXPRO NVR Turnkey Box Solutions section on page 55.

• For setting up the MAXPRO NVR Software-Only solution, see the Setting up the
MAXPRO NVR Software-Only Solution section on page 60.

• For setting up a peripheral Joystick Controller, see the Connecting the Joystick
Controller section on page 70.

Setting up the MAXPRO NVR Turnkey Box

Solutions
Setting up the MAXPRO NVR unit and client computers is the first phase in the commissioning
process.
Refer to the specific MAXPRO NVR Data Sheet on Honeywell Video web site.
(www.honeywellvideo.com) for information on hardware specifications for the MAXPRO NVR
unit.

Typical MAXPRO NVR System Diagram

The following figure illustrates the MAXPRO NVR SE system diagram.

Figure 3-1 Typical MAXPRO NVR System Diagram

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 55
 SETTING UP THE MAXPRO NVR
3
Setting up the MAXPRO NVR Turnkey Box Solutions

Note: In the above system diagram NVR SE box is used as an example of a typical
system. Other System diagrams for NVRs (XE, PE and Software only) look similar
to the NVR SE and will have minor differences.

Typical MAXPRO NVR Hybrid System Diagram

The following figure illustrates the MAXPRO NVR Hybrid system diagram.

Figure 3-2 Typical MAXPRO NVR Hybrid System Diagram

Note: In the above system diagram Hybrid NVR SE box is used as an example of a
typical system. Other system diagrams for Hybrid NVRs (XE, PE) look similar to
the NVR Hybrid SE and will have minor differences.

See MAXPRO NVR Hybrid Connections section on page 62 for rear panel connectors to
connect analog video source, looping outputs and IOs.

56 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
SETTING UP THE MAXPRO NVR
Setting up the MAXPRO NVR Turnkey Box Solutions

Connecting the Monitors

Connect one or more local monitors to one of the monitor connections on the back panel of
your MAXPRO NVR unit. The number of monitors that you can connect to the MAXPRO NVR
unit varies based on the NVR Edition you purchase. Refer to the specific MAXPRO NVR Data
Sheet on Honeywell Video web site (www.honeywellvideo.com) for more information.

Powering on the MAXPRO NVR Unit

Note: Honeywell recommends using an Uninterrupted Power Supply (UPS) for the
MAXPRO NVR unit and the cameras. Powering the cameras and unit from a UPS
ensures that the MAXPRO NVR unit can continue to record video during a power
outage or during transient power events. If you need to monitor video during a
power outage, consider a UPS for the client workstations as well.

T o po w er on t he M A X P RO N V R u ni t
1. Turn on camera(s) and other hardware connected to the MAXPRO NVR unit.
2. Press and hold the power button on front of the MAXPRO NVR unit. The power button
turns “blue” after the MAXPRO NVR unit is turned on.
3. After powering on the unit, you are prompted to log on. For MAXPRO NVR turnkey units
shipped with v4.0 or later version, the default Windows desktop login user has user
name: NVR-Admin, password: Password$123. The user name and password are case
sensitive. You will be prompted to create a new password the first time that you log in.
After logging on, the MAXPRO NVR Wizard automatically starts up but may take two
minutes to initiate.

Note: Honeywell recommends to disable the Administrator User account and create a
new Administrator User account. See Securing MAXPRO NVR section on page
299 for more information.

To turn off the power for MAXPRO NVR

1. Close the MAXPRO NVR application.
2. Click Start>Shut Down. Wait for the MAXPRO NVR unit to shut down.

Changing the MAXPRO NVR IP Address and

Machine Name
Your MAXPRO NVR unit has pre-configured network ports with the following default IP
addresses:

• 192.168.1.101 for NIC1 (Camera Network)

• 172.25.254.101 for NIC2 (Client Workstation Network)

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 57

 SETTING UP THE MAXPRO NVR
3
Setting up the MAXPRO NVR Turnkey Box Solutions

Note: NIC2 may not be available on all NVR options, please refer to the data sheet for
more information.

If more than one MAXPRO NVR unit is on the same network, you must assign a unique IP
address and computer name to each unit (the default name is MAXPRO-NVR).

C ha n g i n g t he I P a d d re s s
1. Click the network icon in the notification area, click Open Network and Sharing
Center (See Figure 3-3), and then click Change adapter settings.

Figure 3-3 Network and Sharing Center

2. Right-click Camera Network or Client Workstation Network, and then click Properties.
The Local Area Connection Properties dialog box (Similar to Figure 3-4) appears.

Figure 3-4 LAN Properties

3. Click Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4), and then click Properties.

58 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
SETTING UP THE MAXPRO NVR
Setting up the MAXPRO NVR Turnkey Box Solutions

4. Click Use the following IP address, and then, in the IP address, Subnet mask, and
Default gateway boxes, type the IP address settings.
5. Click Use the following DNS server addresses, and then, in the Preferred DNS server
and Alternate DNS server boxes, type the addresses of the primary and secondary DNS
servers.

Changing the computer name

1. Click Start, right-click Computer, and then click Properties. The System window
appears.
2. Click Advanced system settings. The System Properties dialog box appears.
3. Click the Computer Name tab, and then click Change...
4. In Computer name, delete the old computer name, type a new computer name, and then
click OK. The name cannot contain spaces or all numbers or any of the following
characters: < >;: “ * + = \ | ?.
5. After changing the computer name, you are prompted to restart the computer.
6. Navigate to the C:\Program Files\Honeywell\MaxproNVR\TrinityFramework\bin folder,
and then double-click MaxProNVRMachineNameUtility.exe to open the Maxpro NVR
Utility.
7. The new computer name automatically appears in the Machine Name field. If it does not,
enter the name manually and click Update. The message Machine Name Updated
Successfully appears when the update is complete.

Configuring the Monitor Display Properties

The recommended display settings for the monitor are dialog box resolution of 1280 x 1024
pixels and color quality of 65K colors non-interlaced. The display settings can be configured
from the Windows control panel or from the Windows desktop through the context menu.

Configuring Display Settings for the Context Menu

1. Right-click on the Windows desktop and select Screen resolution.
2. Select the appropriate Resolution.
3. Click OK to save the setting and close the dialog box.

Configuring Display Setting f ro m t h e C o n t r o l Pan e l

1. Click Start > Control Panel, to open the Windows control panel screen.
2. Under Appearance and Personalization, click Adjust screen resolution.
3. Select the appropriate Resolution.
4. Click OK to save the setting and close the dialog box.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 59

 SETTING UP THE MAXPRO NVR
3
Setting up the MAXPRO NVR Software-Only Solution

Setting up the MAXPRO NVR Software-Only

Solution
Setting up the MAXPRO NVR server and client computers is the first phase in the
commissioning process.

Before you Begin

Determine the following at the location.

• Number of server and client computers required.

• Hardware configuration of the computers.

• Number of peripheral devices such as joystick controllers (Ultrakey keyboard), and

other devices that are needed.

Hardware Specifications
The MAXPRO NVR server and client computers must meet the minimum hardware
specifications, refer to the MAXPRO NVR Software Data Sheet for more information.

MAXPRO NVR Software System Architecture

MAXPRO NVR software solution can be set up in the following two ways:

• Standalone System

• Distributed System

Corresponding system architectures are displayed below

MAXPR O NVR Software Sol u tion Standal one Sy st em

The following figure illustrates the MAXPRO NVR Standalone system.

Figure 3-5 MAXPRO NVR Software Solution Standalone System

60 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
SETTING UP THE MAXPRO NVR
Setting up the MAXPRO NVR Software-Only Solution

MAXPR O NVR Software Sol u tion Dist ributed Syst em

The following figure illustrates the MAXPRO NVR Distributed system.

Figure 3-6 MAXPRO NVR Software Solution Distributed System

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 61

 SETTING UP THE MAXPRO NVR
3
MAXPRO NVR Hybrid Connections

MAXPRO NVR Hybrid Connections

Rear Panel Connectors

The rear panel of the NVR contains the connectors used for attaching cameras, sensors, and
relays to the NVR. Below are the diagrams that outline the location and connections of Hybrid
XE, SE and PE connectors and also the Input and Output Ports For MAXPRO NVR Hybrid PE.

Hy b rid XE Co nn e ctio n s

62 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
SETTING UP THE MAXPRO NVR
MAXPRO NVR Hybrid Connections

Figure 3-7 Hybrid XE Connections

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 63

 SETTING UP THE MAXPRO NVR
3
MAXPRO NVR Hybrid Connections

Hy b ri d SE C on n ec t i o ns

Figure 3-8 Hybrid SE Connections

64 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
SETTING UP THE MAXPRO NVR
MAXPRO NVR Hybrid Connections

Hy b ri d PE C on n ec t i o ns

Figure 3-9 Hybrid PE Connections

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 65

 SETTING UP THE MAXPRO NVR
3
MAXPRO NVR Hybrid Connections

Figure 3-10 Input and Output Ports For MAXPRO NVR Hybrid PE

Connecting a Video Source

There are different types of Video Sources that can be plugged into the NVR including DVD
players, VHS players, and CCTV Cameras. Hybrid XE, SE and PE support 16 channel analog
video source. The connectors use the BNC standard.

Figure 3-11 Connecting a Video Source

66 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
SETTING UP THE MAXPRO NVR
MAXPRO NVR Hybrid Connections

Note: The video inputs are 75 Ώ BNC connectors. Plug one end into the video source
(DVD, Camera, etc.) and plug the other end into the desired BNC input on the
NVR.

Looping Output Termination

If the image appears distorted or virtually un-viewable, turn the termination resister to the ON
position, making it terminated. When it is necessary to terminate a looping output, the NVR
has built-in termination that allows users to select individual outputs. It is not always necessary
to terminate the output; it depends on the device to which you are connecting. As a rule, if the
image appears distorted or virtually un-viewable, it likely needs to be terminated.

Note: Please refer to the specific Hybrid unit data sheet for more information on number
of looping outputs supported on a specific unit.

Figure 3-12 Looping Output Termination

Note: Always leave the dip switch set to the ON position when the Looping Outputs are
not used and only the installer should decide to turn it ON /OFF.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 67

 SETTING UP THE MAXPRO NVR
3
MAXPRO NVR Hybrid Connections

Connecting Control Outputs

Each NVR Hybrid has Control Outputs. These outputs can be used to trigger devices such as
Sirens, Phone Dialers, Lights, and any other relay activated device. There is no power
supplied to the ports. Use an external power supply if necessary.

Figure 3-13 Control Outputs

Use 12V, below 300mA. For controlling lights or other devices, use another external relay.

• Maximum voltage is 24V AC @ 1 amp

• Output uses a Form C Relay

Note: Please refer to the specific Hybrid unit data sheet for more information on number
of control outputs supported on a specific unit.

Connecting Sensors
Each NVR Hybrid has Sensor inputs. These inputs can be used with devices such as infrared
devices, motion device, glass breakage alarms, door and window trips, and so on. The
Sensors can be set to Normally Open or Normally Closed inside the software.
There are Common Grounds (-) and sensor inputs (+). There is no power supplied to the
ports so an external power supply must be used if power is necessary.

Figure 3-14 Connecting Sensors

68 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
SETTING UP THE MAXPRO NVR
MAXPRO NVR Hybrid Connections

Note: Please refer to the specific Hybrid unit data sheet for more information on number
of sensor inputs supported on a specific unit.

Connecting an Analog PTZ Camera

Setting up a PTZ Camera is simple. The NVR Hybrid comes pre-assembled with an internal
PTZ adapter. The cabling may be run up to 4,000 ft using 22 Gauge Twisted Pair. It is
important to understand how the PTZ connects to the NVR. The NVR outputs an RS-232
signal and converts in to an RS-422/485 signal which is then sent to the PTZ camera.

Attaching the 4-Pin Adapter

1.Locate the PTZ adapter cable.
2.Connect the wires of the PTZ adapter to the PTZ
camera. The yellow wire should connect to the RX+ on
the camera and the orange wire should connect to the
RX-.
3.Connect the other end of the adapter to the XVR unit
as shown.
4.Assign the PTZ camera an ID number in PTZ Setup
that coincides with the number assigned to the camera.
This is normally done utilizing a dip-switch configuration
method on the addressable dome. For Example: If the
camera is plugged into input number 5, set the PTZ unit
to ID number 5.
Figure 3-15 4-Pin Adapter

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 69

 SETTING UP THE MAXPRO NVR
3
Connecting the Joystick Controller

Connecting the Joystick Controller

Joystick Controllers (Ultrakey Plus or Ultrakey Lite over Ethernet) can be connected to
MAXPRO NVR without any configuration.
Honeywell UltraKey joystick controller is an industry-leading approach to intelligent, user-
friendly control of video management systems. Using the UltraKey keyboard, you can perform
actions such as selecting a panel, PTZ operations, selecting a video source such as a camera,
and others in the Viewer tab.

C on n ec t i ng a J oy s t i c k C o n t r o l l e r t o M A X PR O N V R
To connect a Joystick Controller to MAXPRO NVR
• The UltraKey can be connected through the Ethernet. Set the UltraKey IP Address and
System Controller (IP Address of MAXPRO NVR) through the UltraKey configuration
settings. Refer to the UltraKey manual for more information.

How to log on to the UltraKey Plus keyboard?

First time users of MAXPRO NVR must explicitly log on to UltraKey Plus keyboard in order to
use MAXPRO NVR.
1. Power-on the UltraKey Plus keyboard.
2. Press the Menu key on the LCD.
3. Press the MAX-1000 Setup key on the LCD. The Left, Up, Right, and Down buttons
appear on the LCD.
4. Press the Ent hard key located on the right side of the UltraKey Plus keyboard.
5. Enter the default PIN password 1234.
6. Press Ent. The UltraKey Plus keyboard is now ready for use for performing the video
management functions.

How to log off from the UltraKey Plus keyboard?

1. Press the Menu key on the LCD.
2. Press the MAX-1000 Setup key on the LCD. The Left, Up, Right, and Down buttons
appear on the LCD.
3. Press the Down key.
4. Press the Ent hard key twice located on the right side of the UltraKey Plus keyboard. The
log off confirmation message appears.
5. Press the Ent hard key.

70 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

Installing the NVR Software
4
Overview
This chapter describes the procedures for installing the MAXPRO NVR software. Follow the
appropriate section in this chapter to complete your MAXPRO NVR software installation.

Caution: For Honeywell’s turnkey box solutions, MAXPRO NVR XE/SE/PE and
MAXPRO NVR Hybrid XE/SE/PE, the server and client software required is
pre-installed on the box. The instructions in this chapter for Server
software fresh installation are NOT applicable for the turnkey box
solutions. On the NVR and Hybrid NVR box solutions, only the installation
upgrade process might apply depending on the existing software version
on the unit. For client workstations, the client installation procedure is
applicable.

Before you Begin

The client and server computers must meet the hardware and software specifications listed in
the respective NVR Data Sheet.

MAXPR O N VR So f tware - Op e ra tin g Sy ste m Pre req u isite s

Before you install Honeywell MAXPRO NVR software, please note the MAXPRO NVR Server
and Client operating system requirements listed in the following section.

• MAXPRO NVR Server

The computer that is designated as the server must run on one of the following operating
systems:
• Microsoft® Windows® 7 Professional 64-bit, Service pack 1 or Windows 8.1
Professional 64-bit or Windows 10 Professional 64-bit must be installed on the
NVR before installing MAXPRO NVR software.
• Microsoft® Windows® Server 2008 R2 Standard, Service pack 1 or Windows
Server 2012 R2 Standard or Windows Server 2016 must be installed on the NVR
before installing MAXPRO NVR Software.

• MAXPRO NVR Client Workstation

The computer that is designated as the client workstation must run on one of the following
operating systems:
• Microsoft® Windows® 7 Professional 32-bit / 64-bit, Service pack 1 or Windows
8.1 Professional 32-bit/64-bit or Windows 10 Professional 32-bit/64-bit must be
installed on the workstation before installing MAXPRO NVR client software.
Please refer to the Microsoft® Windows Patches Tested with MAXPRO®NVR document for
further details on Windows updates that have been tested with the current software version
shipping with MAXPRO NVRs.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 71

 INSTALLING THE NVR SOFTWARE
4 Overview

Be fore you Begin - Windows Updates

If Windows updates are enabled in your system, then Figure 4-1 warning message appears
and the installation continues.

Figure 4-1 Automatic Windows Update Enabled Warning Message

If any pending reboot is there due to windows updates, then Figure 4-2 error message
appears, and the installation stops. Please ensure that you reboot your computer after the
Windows updates are finished.

Figure 4-2 Pending Reboot Error Message

Note: Ensure that services.msc console is closed before Installing or upgrading the
MAXPRO NVR.

Be f or e y o u B eg i n - D i s a b l e D e fra g m e nt a t i o n
Before starting the installation of MAXPRO NVR, it is recommended that you disable
Defragmentation.
1. Click Start -> Run -> type DFRGUI.
2. In the Disk Defragmenter dialog click Configure Schedule
3. Click to clear the Run on the schedule (recommended) check box.
4. Click Start, (Right-click) Computer-> Manage, select Task scheduler ->Task
scheduler library -> Microsoft -> Windows -> Defrag. Right-click on the
ScheduleDefrag and then select Disable.
5. Perform the following steps to make changes in the Registry Settings to disable
defragmentation at boot time:
a. Open the Registry Editor. Navigate to HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE>SOFTWARE>
Microsoft> Dfrg> BootOptimizeFunction.
b. Right-click on the keyword "Enable" and then click Edit..

72 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
INSTALLING THE NVR SOFTWARE
MAXPRO NVR Software Installation

c. In the Value Data field type, N and then click OK..

d. Right-click on the keyword "Optimizecomplete" and then click Edit.
e. In the Value Data field, replace Yes with No. (case sensitive) Click OK..
f. Close the Registry Editor. The changes take effect when Windows is restarted.

Be fore you Begin - Disable Volume Sh adow Copy ,

Windows Backup Se rvices

1. Turn off the Protection settings for all the drives including OS installed drive in My
Computer -> Properties -> Advanced System Settings -> System Protection tab.
2. Select the drive under Protection settings and click Configure.
3. Under Restore Settings select Turn off system protection and click OK.

Be f or e y o u B eg i n - C h a ng i n g t h e d e f a ul t W i n d o w s
Administrator Account Created By NVR
Honeywell recommends to logon with new Administrator user account for installing MAXPRO
NVR. To create a new Administrator user account and to disable the default Administrator
account, perform the following two steps as explained in:

• Step 1: Create a new user account with administrator privileges, page 300

• Step 6: Disable the Administrator Account, page 304.

MAXPRO NVR Software Installation

To complete the MAXPRO NVR software installation follow the procedures in these sections:
1. First, How to Install MAXPRO NVR section on page 74
2. Choose the installation that best suits your requirements, and follow the appropriate
steps.

• Full Installation section on page 78: Full installation can be selected to install the
Server and Client on the same system.

• Client Installation section on page 85: Client installation can be selected to install
MAXPRO NVR desktop client on the client workstations.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 73

 INSTALLING THE NVR SOFTWARE
4 MAXPRO NVR Software Installation

How to Install MAXPRO NVR

1. Insert the MAXPRO NVR 5.0 DVD in the DVD drive. The setup runs automatically. If the
setup does not run automatically, browse the DVD drive, and double-click setup.exe. A
message box appears with the question - “Do you want to validate the setup before
continuing MAXPRO NVR 5.0 installation ?”, click Yes to validate the setup files are not
corrupted before continuing the installation and click No to skip the validation to continue
the setup. The Welcome installation wizard appears as shown below.

Note If any reboot is pending due to windows updates, the following error
message appears, and the installation stops. Please ensure that you
reboot your computer and run the setup again.

2. Click Next. The License Agreement screen appears. See Figure 4-3.

74 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
INSTALLING THE NVR SOFTWARE
MAXPRO NVR Software Installation

Figure 4-3 License Agreement

3. Read the license agreement, and then select I accept the terms of the license
agreement. Click Next, the Customer Information screen (Figure 4-4) appears.

Figure 4-4 Customer Information and Destination Folder details

4. Type your Registered To name.
5. Type your Company Name.
6. Click Change if you want to change the destination folder, and then select the folder
where MAXPRO NVR must be installed.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 75

 INSTALLING THE NVR SOFTWARE
4 MAXPRO NVR Software Installation

7. Click Next. The Windows User Credentials screen (Figure 4-5) appears.

Figure 4-5 Validation of User Credentials

8. Select your Domain Name/Host Name from the domains drop-down list..
9. Type your Windows User Name.
10. Type your Windows Password.

Note: Use the newly created Administrator user account as explained in Before you
Begin - Changing the default Windows Administrator Account Created By NVR,
page 73.

76 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
INSTALLING THE NVR SOFTWARE
MAXPRO NVR Software Installation

11. Click Next. A message “Enabling Auto Log on is not secure as the Password will be
stored in the Registry. Do you want to continue” appears. Click Yes to open the Choose
Installation Type screen (Figure 4-6).

Figure 4-6 Choose Installation Type

12. Select the Client Installation or Full Installation as it applies to your system installation.
(See Table 4-1 for more information).

Table 4-1 Select Features to Install

Full Installation Installs Trinity Framework, MAXPRO NVR Recording

Application, MAXPRO NVR Database Application,
Note: Full Installation is
Mobile App Application, Analytics Application and
only needed for Software MAXPRO NVR Client on the same computer. See the
solutions. Full Installation section on page 78 for more
information.
Client Installation Installs Client, Trinity Framework, and Adapters. See
the Client Installation section on page 85 for more
information.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 77

 INSTALLING THE NVR SOFTWARE
4 Full Installation

Full Installation
MAXPRO NVR 4.0 Full installation can be selected to install the Server and Client on the same
system.

Note: Full Installation is only needed for Software solutions. Don't install any Email client
on the MAXPRO NVR server machine.

To perform a full installation

1. Perform steps 1 through 14 of How to Install MAXPRO NVR section on page 74, and then
select the Full Installation option in the Installation Type screen (Figure 4-6). appears.
2. Click Next. The Choose Installation Type screen appears (Figure 4-7).

Figure 4-7 Choose Installation Type

3. You have two options to choose from:

• Fresh Installation: Select this option if you are installing MAXPRO NVR for the first
time and then click Next. The SQL Login screen appears (Figure 4-8).

Or

• Upgrade\Retain: Select this option if you want to retain/restore the configuration

settings from a backup of the previously installed version of MAXPRO NVR and click
Next. The SQL Login screen appears (Figure 4-8).

78 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
INSTALLING THE NVR SOFTWARE
Full Installation

Figure 4-8 Database Server Log on

4. Click Browse, and then select any existing SQL database server instance, such as the
existing SQL database server instance on the same network. If you do not want to select
an existing database server instance, proceed to step 5.
5. Select Connect using option as Windows authentication or SQL Server
authentication. If you select SQL Sever authentication, type the Log on ID and
Password.

Note: If you are installing MAXPRO NVR on a new computer that does not have SQL
Server 2012 Express installed, you will be prompted to install it. Follow the
on-screen instructions to complete the installation. In addition VC++ 2008
redistributable will be installed as a prerequisite as part of MAXPRO NVR
installation.Refer What’ New Release Notes for more information on issues.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 79

 INSTALLING THE NVR SOFTWARE
4 Full Installation

6. Click Next. The SQL credentials validation status appears. After successful validation, the
Choose Database Location screen appears (Figure 4-9).

Figure 4-9 Choose location for MAXPRO NVR database Path

7. There are two scenarios that are possible here, depending on your installation type:

• For Fresh installation of a MAXPRO NVR Database: The default path where the
MAXPRO NVR database is created automatically displays for a MAXPRO NVR
database fresh installation. Click Next to use the default path or click Browse to
select a new path if necessary and then click Next. The Choose Recording Drives
screen (Figure 4-10) appears.

• To retain the existing MAXPRO NVR Database: The path where the MAXPRO NVR
database is saved for a previously installed version of the MAXPRO NVR software
automatically displays. Click Next. A message “Trinity Database file already exists.
Do you want to retain the database” appears shown below. If you

• Click Yes. The Localization Support screen (Figure 4-11) appears.

• Click No. The Choose Recording Drives screen (Figure 4-10) appears.

80 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
INSTALLING THE NVR SOFTWARE
Full Installation

Note: Downgrade to previous version of NVR is only supported if user has restored the
Database backup during installation. For example: If user upgrades from 4.1 to
5.0 and if for any reason uninstalls the 5.0 build then, 4.1 installation will also be
uninstalled from the machine. If user has restored the DB backup during 5.0
installation then downgrade (4.1) build will be available.

Figure 4-10 Choose Recording Drives

8. Select the drive check box for the drive on which to save the camera recordings (to use
as a video storage drive) and click Next. The Localization Support screen (Figure 4-11)
appears.

Caution: It is recommended that you do not choose the operating system drive for
saving the camera recordings (as a video storage drive). Selecting an
Operating System drive for video storage can lead to system instability
and crash.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 81

 INSTALLING THE NVR SOFTWARE
4 Full Installation

Figure 4-11 Localization Support

Caution: By Default, English language will be installed. Please ensure to select all
the languages required for your system. If an additional language is
required after the installation is completed, the software will need to be
uninstalled and installed again.

9. Select the languages in which you want to install MAXPRO NVR and then click Next. The
Installation Summary screen (Figure 4-12) appears.

Figure 4-12 Summary

82 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
INSTALLING THE NVR SOFTWARE
Full Installation

10. The approximate time for installing the prerequisites and MAXPRO NVR Products
displays. If you want to change any settings, click Back, else click Next. When the
installation is complete, the following message is displayed.

11. Click OK. The Finish dialog appears with the options to Validate and to Finish the
installation.

• Click Validate to verify the installed files on your NVR. If there are no errors then a
message appears - Setup has been validated successfully without any error.
Click here to view report. If there are errors, the message shows there are errors
and the report can be reviewed to identify the error and contact Honeywell technical
support if required to correct them on reinstall.

• Click Finish. The installation wizard starts all the services which may take a few
minutes. After the wizard closes, as mentioned in step 10 it is recommended to
Restart the system manually for the changes to take effect. If you are prompted to
reboot the system then the following message is displayed.

Figure 4-13 Reboot prompt

12. Click OK to complete the MAXPRO NVR installation.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 83

 INSTALLING THE NVR SOFTWARE
4 Full Installation

Note: In MAXPRO NVR 3.1 or later version, a new scheduled backup mechanism is
added which will retain the last 7 days of Database Backup. In a fresh installation
scenario, by default the first recording drive is selected for database backup
according to the alphabetical order. If you want to change the drive then edit the
TakeNVRbackup.bat file which is available in C:\Install\BackupData and
mention the required drive name.

• Issue: While installing NVR 5.0, a System Warning dialog with Unknown Hard Error
message is displayed
Cause: This issue may occur due to conflict between third party applications or due
to system file corruption.
Solution: Refer and perform the steps as explained in the Microsoft link
https://answers.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/forum/windows_8-
performance/explorerexe-system-warning-dialog-with-unknown/4c0be311-c9d5-
46e7-b352-c8656f5c0226?auth=1
Or
https://www.drivethelife.com/windows-10/fix-unknown-hard-error-windows-10.html

Install ing Web Client

By default MAXPRO NVR 4.0 installs the Web Client component on your machine. It also
installs the MaxproWEBConfigurator utility to change or update the system and server
configuration. If you want to access the MAXPRO NVR Server using Web Client remotely
through a supported web browser then you should install Silverlight on the remote machine.

Caution: For better security, close the browser upon logout.

Prerequisites to access MAXPRO NVR Server through

We b Clie nt
The following are the prerequisites to access the MAXPRO NVR server through Web Client:

• Silverlight: Ensure that Silverlight version 5 and above is installed on your machine.
If you don't have the Silverlight plug-in on your machine, you can download it from
the following Microsoft link. http://www.microsoft.com/getsilverlight/Get-
Started/Install/Default.aspx

84 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
INSTALLING THE NVR SOFTWARE
Client Installation

Note: Silverlight plug-in is not supported by Chrome version 42.x or above and
Microsoft Edge browser.

• Web Browsers Supported on Windows Systems: Ensure that at least one of the
following supported web browsers are installed on your PC:

• Internet Explorer version 8 or above

• Firefox version 15.0.1 or above
• Chrome version 32.x to 41.x only.

Note MAXPRO NVR Web Client is only supported by below Web Browsers on
Windows 10 with Silverlight plug-in installed
• Internet Explorer version 11 or above
• Firefox version 40 or above

Caution: For better security, close the browser upon logout.

• Web Browsers Supported on MAC systems: Not supported.

Client Installation
MAXPRO NVR 4.0 Client installation gives you an option to install MAXPRO NVR Client on the
client workstations.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 85

 INSTALLING THE NVR SOFTWARE
4 Client Installation

1. Select Client Installation in Figure 4-6 and click Next. The Client Configuration screen
(Figure 4-14) appears.

Figure 4-14 MAXPRO NVR 5.0 Client Configuration

2. Type the MAXPRO NVR Server name or IP address, and then click Next. The
Localization Support screen (Figure 4-15) appears.

Note: If you do not know the server name or if the server is not accessible, then type the
local host/computer name. The server name can be changed after the installation
in the Client.

86 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
INSTALLING THE NVR SOFTWARE
Client Installation

Figure 4-15 Localization Support

Caution: By Default, English language will be installed. Please ensure to select all
the languages required for your system. If an additional language is
required after the installation is completed, the software will need to be
uninstalled and installed again.

3. Select the languages in which you want to install MAXPRO NVR and then click Next. The
Installation Summary screen (Figure 4-16) appears.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 87

 INSTALLING THE NVR SOFTWARE
4 Client Installation

Figure 4-16 Summary

4. If you want to review or change any settings click Back, otherwise click Next. The setup
status of various components appears.When the installation is complete, the following
message is displayed.

5. Click OK. The Finish dialog appears. Click Finish. The installation wizard starts all the
services which may take a few minutes. After the wizard closes, as mentioned in step 4 it
is recommended to Restart the system manually for the changes to take effect. If you are
prompted to reboot the system then the following message is displayed.

Figure 4-17 Reboot prompt

6. Click OK to complete the MAXPRO NVR Client installation.

• Issue: While installing NVR 5.0, a System Warning dialog with Unknown Hard Error
message is displayed
Cause: This issue may occur due to conflict between third party applications or due
to system file corruption.
Solution: Refer and perform the steps as explained in the Microsoft link
https://answers.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/forum/windows_8-
performance/explorerexe-system-warning-dialog-with-unknown/4c0be311-c9d5-
46e7-b352-c8656f5c0226?auth=1
Or
https://www.drivethelife.com/windows-10/fix-unknown-hard-error-windows-10.html

88 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
INSTALLING THE NVR SOFTWARE
Uninstalling MAXPRO NVR

Uninstalling MAXPRO NVR

To uninstall MAXPRO NVR, choose any of the following uninstall procedures that best suit
your requirement.

• Client uninstall

• Full uninstall

Client Uninstall
Choose this option to uninstall MAXPRO NVR Client components.
To uninstall the client
1. Go to Control Panel->Programs and Features, select the MAXPRO NVR Client and
click uninstall.
Or
Insert the MAXPRO NVR setup DVD in the DVD drive, browse the DVD drive, and then
double-click Setup.exe.
Or
Go to the MAXPRO NVR setup folder on your computer, and then double-click Setup.exe. The
uninstall wizard starts.
2. Click Next. The message “Do you want to completely remove the selected application
and all of its features” appears. The uninstall status of various components appears.
3. Click Finish. You are prompted to reboot your computer to complete the uninstall
procedure.

Full Uninstall
The following components are uninstalled: MAXPRO NVR Server and Client components. You
can choose the option to retain a backup of database and clip (recording) metadata as per
your input during the full uninstall process.
To perform full uninstall
1. Go to Control Panel->Programs and Features, select MAXPRO NVR 5.0 and click
uninstall.

In any Windows machine, while uninstalling MAXPRO NVR from the Programs and
Features window, the following error message is displayed.
Solution: In this case Uninstall the NVR adapter & other components manually one by
one to solve this issue.

Or
Insert the MAXPRO NVR setup DVD in the DVD drive, browse the DVD drive, and then
double-click Setup.exe.
MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 89
 INSTALLING THE NVR SOFTWARE
4 Uninstalling MAXPRO NVR

Or
Go to the MAXPRO NVR setup folder on your computer, and then double-click Setup.exe. The
uninstall Welcome wizard is displayed.
A message Do you want to completely remove the selected application and all of its
feature? is displayed.Click Yes or No as applicable. If you click Yes, Figure 4-18 is displayed.
2. Click Next. The Restoring Trinity Database (Figure 4-18) appears.

Figure 4-18 Retaining Trinity Database

90 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
INSTALLING THE NVR SOFTWARE
Uninstalling MAXPRO NVR

3. Click Yes or No as applicable.

• If you click “Yes” and then click Browse to specify a new path for backup location for
storing the database. Click Next, the database is retained for future installations of
MAXPRO NVR. The uninstall status of various components (Figure 4-19) appears
and uninstallation finish screen appears.

• If you click “No” and then click Yes to confirm deleting the Trinity database. The
database is deleted. The uninstall status of various components appears and
uninstallation finish screen appears.

Figure 4-19 Installation Finish

4. Click Finish. The uninstall wizard closes and you are prompted to reboot your computer

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 91

 INSTALLING THE NVR SOFTWARE
4 Uninstalling MAXPRO NVR

This page is intentionally left blank

92 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

Logging on and Getting Started
5
In this chapter...

Section See page...

Logging on Using Profiles 93

Managing Profiles 96

Port Forwarding 99

Getting to Know the MAXPRO NVR User Interface 101

Setting Preferences 107

Licensing Information 116

Logging off 118

Closing the MAXPRO®NVR User Interface 118

Logging on Using Profiles

The MAXPRO NVR server addresses are saved in profiles. You need to select the profile
before logging on. You can set a profile as the default profile. When a profile is set as the
default, you do not need to select the profile each time you log on to MAXPRO NVR. You can
also modify and delete profiles.

Logging on to MAXPRO NVR

Caution: On Honeywell provided systems shipped with v4.0 or later version, a

default Windows user: NVR-Admin with password: Password$123 is
already configured and hence you are automatically logged on.
Honeywell recommends you to create and use a new Administrator
account to install and logon to MAXPRO NVR. See Securing MAXPRO
NVR section on page 299 section for more information. Logon as
Administrator only when an administrative activity need to be performed,
Operator is preferred for all other activity.

1. Double-click on the desktop. The Log On dialog box appears.

Or

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 93

 LOGGING ON AND GETTING STARTED
5 Logging on Using Profiles

Click Start -> Programs -> Honeywell -> MAXPRO NVR. The Log On dialog box
(Figure 5-1) appears.

Figure 5-1 MAXPRO NVR Log on dialog box

2. Click the Language option, and then select the required language from the drop-down
list. The supported languages (selected during installation) are Arabic, Czechoslovakian,
Dutch, Polish, Portuguese, French, German, Russian, Italian, Spanish, Korean and English.
The default language is English (US English).
3. Clear the Windows Logged-In User check box and then enter your Username. The
default user name is admin. Honeywell recommends to create a new NVR user (See
Adding a User ) in the Configurator tab and use the same to logon.
4. Type your Password. The default password is trinity.

Note: Honeywell recommends you to change the default Password before you logon to
MAXPRO VMS. See Changing the Default Password section to change the
password. See Securing MAXPRO NVR chapter for more details on security
settings. See Password Complexity and Expiry Enhancements section for more
information on password setting.

Note: Select the Windows Logged-In User check box for logging on using the
Windows authentication (uses current logged in Windows account credentials). If
the Windows Logged-In User check box is cleared, the MAXPRO NVR user
name and password is used for authentication. Ensure that you avoid using the
@ character in your password. Logon as Administrator only when an
administrative activity need to be performed, Operator is preferred for all other
activity.

5. If there is no profile set as default, then select the Profile corresponding to the MAXPRO
NVR server to which you want to connect.

94 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
LOGGING ON AND GETTING STARTED
Logging on Using Profiles

Note: Set profiles if you have multiple MAXPRO NVRs and use the drop-down to
choose which NVR you would like to connect to.

6. Click Login. The Viewer tab appears.

Tips for Logging on

• Click the Language option, and then select the required language from the drop-
down list. The supported languages are Arabic, Czechoslovakian, Dutch, Polish,
Portuguese, French, German, Russian, Italian, Spanish, and English. The default
language is English (US English).

• Select the Windows Logged-In User check box for logging on using the Windows
authentication (uses current logged in Windows account credentials). If the Windows
Logged-In User check box is cleared, the MAXPRO NVR user name and password is
used for authentication.

• Ensure that you avoid using the @ character in your password.

• Set profiles if you have multiple MAXPRO NVRs and use the drop-down list to choose
which NVR you would like to connect to.

• Select the Display Video on Alarm check box to display the viewer as an alarm
monitor.

Note: Alarm monitor supports pop-up of camera associated to IO events only. Pop-up
on motion alarms is not currently supported.

Changing the Default Password

Honeywell recommends you to change the default password and create a new password
before logging on to MAXPRO NVR software. See Securing MAXPRO NVR for more security
settings.
To change the default password:
1. In the NVR login screen, click Change Password. The Change Password dialog box
appears.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 95

 LOGGING ON AND GETTING STARTED
5 Logging on Using Profiles

2. Select the Profile from the drop-down list for which you want to change the password.
3. Type the Username. For Fresh installation admin is the user name.
4. Type the Old Password.

Note: Old password is blank for Fresh installations. In upgrade scenarios, enter the old
password which is configured before upgrading. See Securing MAXPRO NVR for
more security settings. See Password Complexity and Expiry Enhancements
section for more information on password setting

5. Type the New password.

6. Type the new password once again to Confirm Password.
7. Click Save.

Configuring MAXPRO NVR Windows/ Desktop

Client

Managing Profiles

Saving a Server Address in a Profile

To save a server address

1. In the client workstation, double-click the icon on the desktop to display the Log On
dialog box.

96 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
LOGGING ON AND GETTING STARTED
Logging on Using Profiles

2. Click Server Settings. The Server Settings dialog box appears (Figure 5-2).

Figure 5-2 Server Settings dialog box

3. Click Add.
4. Type the Profile Name to identify the profile.
5. Type the Server IP/Name (numerical IP address or the network name of the MAXPRO
NVR server).
6. Click Save.
7. Click OK. The server address is saved in the profile.
Tip: You can click Set Default in the server settings dialog box to set the profile as the default
profile.

Setting the Default Profile

To set the default profile
1. Select the profile you want to set as default before logging on to the MAXPRO NVR.

2. In the User menu, , click Profiles > Set Default Profile. The profile is set as the
default profile. The default profile appears selected in the Profile box in the Log On
dialog box.

Figure 5-3 Setting the Default Profile

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 97

 LOGGING ON AND GETTING STARTED
5 Logging on Using Profiles

Modifying a Profile
You can modify the profile name and the server address saved in the profile.
To modify a profile

1. In the client workstation, double-click the icon on the desktop to display the Log On
dialog box.
2. Click Server Settings. The Server Settings dialog box appears.
3. In the Choose Profile box, select the profile you want to modify. The profile details
appear under Configuration in the Server Settings dialog box.
4. Change the Profile Name, as applicable.
5. Change the Server IP/Name, as applicable.
6. Click Save.
7. Click OK. The profile is modified.

Deleting a Profile

1. In the client workstation, double-click the icon on the desktop to display the Log On
dialog box.
2. Click Server Settings. The Server Settings dialog box appears.
3. In the Choose Profile box, select the profile you want to delete.
4. Click Remove.
5. Click OK. The profile is deleted.

Editing the Ports

The MAXPRO NVR user interface includes a provision to modify the port number used by
MAXPRO NVR client to connect to the following components:
• Trinity Server
• Trinity Controller
• NeoEngine Server
To edit the ports:
1. In the Server Settings dialog box, click Edit Ports. The port numbers associated to Server
IP/Name, Controller IP/Name and Storage Engine IP/Name are enabled for editing.

Figure 5-4 Editing the Ports

2. Change the port numbers, as applicable.
3. Click Save.

98 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
LOGGING ON AND GETTING STARTED
Port Forwarding

Note: Port 20000 is used for ONVIF discovery.

Port Forwarding
The Port Forwarding feature is generally used when an Internet client wants to connect to a
particular NVR in a private Local Area Network (LAN). This feature is enabled by defining port
forwarding rules in the Router. By defining these rules, you can send data using the range of
ports on the internet side to a port and IP addresses on the private LAN network.

Scenarios of Port Forwarding

Note: The scenarios described in the subsequent sections, only cover port forwarding
required for the NVR client to connect to the NVR. For using MAXPRO NVR
Mobile and MAXPRO NVR Web Client from the internet, the port used by Web
Server on the NVRs (Default Ports: 80, 443) should also be set up for port
forwarding. See the Changing Default Port 443 for the MAXPRO Web Client and
MAXPRO Mobile app section on page 289 for further details.
It is not recommended to access NVR Client via internet. Only NVR Web client
and Mobile client is recommended to access via internet.

Scenario1- Services mapped to different ports

Two NVRs in a private LAN are configured behind the router, and all the services on the NVRs
are running on the default ports. In the router’s port forwarding section you need to map the
ports for each of the services running in the NVRs. An internet MAXPRO NVR client can
connect to a NVR, by specifying the public IP address given to the router and corresponding
ports mapped in the port forwarding table in the router.

Storage Engine port - 10000

,10010

192.168.2.191 8004 10010

10010

10010

Figure 5-5 Port Forwarding Scenario 1

In the above figure:
MAXPRO NVR 1 and MAXPRO NVR 2 have the default port numbers, 20007, 26026, 10000,
10010 configured for the following services respectively:

• Trinity Server

• Trinity Controller

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 99

 LOGGING ON AND GETTING STARTED
5 Port Forwarding

• Storage Engine (NEOStorageServer, NEOStorageServer2)

In the router’s port forwarding table, the default ports numbers for these services are mapped
to the public port numbers (8001, 8002, 8003, 8004) of the router.
An external MAXPRO NVR client can access MAXPRO NVRs using the following settings:

• Server IP: 199.63.245.84

• Server Port: 8001

• Controller IP: 199.63.245.84

• Controller Port: 8002

• Storage Engine IP: 199.63.245.84

• Storage Engine Ports: 8003, 8004

Note: The mapping of the ports 8001, 8002, 8003, 8004 to the respective NVR IP and
ports (20007, 26026, 10000, 10010) helps an external MAXPRO NVR desktop
Client to connect to the MAXPRO NVR system.

Scenario 2: Services mapped to existing ports

A single NVR is configured behind the router, and all the services on the NVR are running on
the default ports. In the router’s port forwarding section specify the default ports. The Internet
client can just specify the public IP Address and default ports to connect to the NVR. The
drawback of mapping to the same ports is that only one NVR can be behind the router.

Storage Engine port - 10000

,10010

192.168.2.191 10010

Storage Engine port - 10000 ,10010

Figure 5-6 Port Forwarding scenario 2

In the above figure:
There is a single MAXPRO NVR 1 with the default port numbers, 20007, 26026, 10000, 10010
configured for the following services respectively:

• Trinity Server

• Trinity Controller

• Storage Engine (NEOStorageServer, NEOStorageServer2)

In the router’s port forwarding table, the default ports numbers for these services are specified.

100 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
LOGGING ON AND GETTING STARTED
Getting to Know the MAXPRO NVR User Interface

An external MAXPRO NVR client can access the MAXPRO NVRs using the following settings:

• Server IP: 199.63.245.84

• Server Port: 20007

• Controller IP: 199.63.245.84

• Controller Port: 26026

• Storage Engine IP: 199.63.245.84

• Storage Engine Ports:10000 and 10010

Note: In these scenarios, as ports are not mapped in the router, you can connect to
only one MAXPRO NVR from an external MAXPRO NVR desktop Client.

Getting to Know the MAXPRO NVR User

Interface
The user interface of MAXPRO NVR is easy-to-use with its intuitive icons and user-friendly
features. You can configure the devices in the video surveillance network through the
MAXPRO NVR user interface. The user interface consists of tabs, tree-structures, status bar,
floating windows, and icons. On opening the user interface, you see the following four tabs:
Viewer, Configurator, Search and Report. Based on the tab you select, windows, tree
structures, and other settings relevant to the tab appear on the screen.
A status bar is displayed at the bottom of the user interface. The status bar displays: the
connection status with the MAXPRO NVR server and controller, the status of clip creation, the
role of the user, the number of unacknowledged alarms, and the time.

Note: The tabs that are displayed in MAXPRO NVR User Interface is dependent on the
user roles and privileges.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 101

 LOGGING ON AND GETTING STARTED
5 Getting to Know the MAXPRO NVR User Interface

Viewer Tab
Figure 5-7 illustrates the Viewer tab.

Figure 5-7 Viewer tab

The following components are displayed on the Viewer tab screen.

Component Description
Devices/Site window A floating window that displays the recorders and
cameras in a tree structure. You can select one or more
devices from the Devices window to view its video in the
Salvo Layout. Refer MAXPRO® NVR Operator’s Guide
for more information.
Intellisense search
The Intellisense search option simplifies the search for
cameras. Intellisense search supports wild characters
while searching. Refer MAXPRO® NVR Operator’s Guide
for more information.
Alarm window Click to display a floating window that lists the alarms. You
can acknowledge and clear the alarms from this window.
Refer Alarms section in MAXPRO® NVR Operator’s
Guide for more information.

102 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
LOGGING ON AND GETTING STARTED
Getting to Know the MAXPRO NVR User Interface

Component Description
Snapshot/Clip/Archiv Click to display a floating window that lists the images and
al window clips in a tree structure. You can select the images, clips
and Archival clips to view.
Refer Snapshot and Clips section in MAXPRO® NVR
Operator’s Guide for more information.

Sequences window Click to display a floating window that lists the sequences.
You can play the sequence using the play sequence
action.
See the Configuring the Sequences section on page 186.

Views window A floating window that lists the salvo views. The View
window consists of My Salvo Views and Shared Salvo
views. Refer Salvo View section in MAXPRO® NVR
Operator’s Guide for more information.
Salvo Layout An arrangement of panels in which video is displayed.
Refer Salvo Layouts and Panels section in MAXPRO®
NVR Operator’s Guide for more information.

Timeline window A window that enables you to view video from a specified
date and time. Refer Video Recording and Viewing section
in MAXPRO® NVR Operator’s Guide.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 103

 LOGGING ON AND GETTING STARTED
5 Getting to Know the MAXPRO NVR User Interface

Configurator Tab
Figure 5-8 illustrates the Configurator tab.

Figure 5-8 Configurator tab

The settings in the Configurator tab enable you to add and configure the video devices and
set up the MAXPRO NVR system.

Components Description
System tab Helps you to configure the system level
settings, Site information, Archival
Schedule/deletion, Holidays/Exceptions
settings, Event Server Configuration and
Edge Syn Settings for MAXPRO NVR.
Disk tab Helps you to configure the disk settings for
video storage.

Camera tab Helps you to configure the camera settings.

Schedules tab Helps you to configure the schedules for

recording video.

IO tab Helps you to configure the input and output

for a camera.

Sequence tab Helps you to select a sequence of cameras

for live video.
User tab Helps in user administration.

104 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
LOGGING ON AND GETTING STARTED
Getting to Know the MAXPRO NVR User Interface

Search Tab
Figure 5-9 illustrates the Search tab.

Figure 5-9 Search tab

You can search for recorded video and events in MAXPRO NVR from the Search tab.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 105

 LOGGING ON AND GETTING STARTED
5 Getting to Know the MAXPRO NVR User Interface

Report Tab
Figure 5-10 illustrates the Report tab.

Figure 5-10 Report tab

106 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
LOGGING ON AND GETTING STARTED
Setting Preferences

Setting Preferences
The Preferences option in the User menu enables you to configure the general settings and
the On Screen Display (OSD) settings. On the General Settings tab, you can configure the
frame rate for panels that are not selected in the salvo layout, the video rendering settings, the
video to be displayed for alarms, and the alarm threshold settings. The OSD settings can be
configured to change the font properties such as type, color, and size for the text that appears
over the video displayed in a panel.
You can also select the default values for the general and OSD settings using the Preferences
option.
MAXPRO NVR supports three modes of encryption between client and server. On the
Advance Settings tab you can select the options such as Default Encryption, Windows
Authentication Encryption and Certificate Based Encryption under the Application Security
Settings for secure communication.

Settings for Video Rendering

There are two types of rendering modes, Default and No Video Display. The Default
rendering is the recommended mode which enables the user to view live video from multiple
cameras at optimum quality. Selecting No Video Display means that no video is displayed.
You can also set the frame rate for panels that are not selected in the salvo layout. The frame
rate for the panels that are not selected can be set to improve the video signal transmission
over lower bandwidth networks.
To select the video rendering option

1. Click the Preferences option in the user menu, . The Preferences dialog box
appears. By default, the General Settings tab (Figure 5-11) is selected.

Figure 5-11 General Settings tab

2. Click the Rendering Settings tab (Figure 5-12).

Figure 5-12 Rendering Settings tab

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 107

 LOGGING ON AND GETTING STARTED
5 Setting Preferences

3. Select the Renderer Option (Default/No Video Display) for video rendering.
4. Select the Mange CPU Load (Throttle Frame Rate) check box if you want to throttle the
frame rate if the CPU usage reaches 90 per cent.
5. Select the Show Time Stamp For Live check box if you want the camera name and time
to be displayed on the live video.
6. Select Show MilliSec check box if you want the milliseconds to be displayed in the
timestamp on video.
7. Select Show FPS check box if you want the frames per second to be displayed on video.
8. Select the Deinterlace Selected Panel check box if you want to deinterlace the selected
panel.
9. Select the check box beside Set FPS Limit For Unselected Panel.
10. Select the FPS Limit. The default frame rate is 5 fps and is the recommended setting for
unselected panels.
11. Click Apply.
12. Click OK to close the dialog box.

Rendering Settings for a GPU system

To avail GPU rendering (30 fps in your salvo view) you need to configure the video rendering
settings under Workstation Level Settings. You can render up to 18 cameras at 1080P
resolution 30fps on a client machine with recommended workstation specifications (refer to
NVR data sheet for specifications). To know about improvised GPU rendering capability, see
Improved GPU Rendering section on page 209 section.

1. Click the Preferences option in the user menu, . The Preferences dialog box
appears. By default, the General Settings tab is selected.
2. Click the Rendering Settings tab (Figure 5-13).

Figure 5-13 Rendering Settings tab

3. Clear the following check boxes:
By default these two check boxes are selected.

• Mange CPU Load (Throttle Frame Rate)

• Set FPS Limit For Unselected Panel

4. Click Apply.
5. Click OK to close the dialog box.

108 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
LOGGING ON AND GETTING STARTED
Setting Preferences

Pausing the Video Rendering

You can pause the video rendering to momentarily stop the rendering of video when a tab that
does not display video is selected (for example, when the Report tab is selected, the video
rendering can be paused to improve the application performance). The rendering of video
starts again when you select a different tab in the user interface.
To select the tab which pauses video rendering

1. Click the Preferences option in the User menu, . The Preferences dialog box
appears. By default, the General Settings tab is selected.
2. For Pause Video Rendering, select the check box next to the tab names that you want to
select (Figure 5-14).

Figure 5-14 Settings for pausing the Video Rendering

3. Click Apply.
4. Click OK to close the dialog box.

Settings for Alarm Preview Pane

When the video related to an alarm is played from the Alarm window, the salvo layout
changes to a four panel layout. You can define the video display for each panel namely, Pre
Alarm, Post Alarm, Live, and On Alarm. The following table defines these options.

Option Description
Pre Alarm The video before the occurrence of the event that triggered the
alarm is played.

Post Alarm The video after the occurrence of the event that triggered the alarm
is played.

Live Live video is played.

On Alarm The video is played from the occurrence of the event that triggered
the alarm.

Note: You can view video related to alarms for the cameras connected to MAXPRO
NVR. For Pre Alarm, Post Alarm, and On Alarm, the video is played only when the
video recording pertaining to the date and time of alarm is available.

To define the video display for each preview panel

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 109

 LOGGING ON AND GETTING STARTED
5 Setting Preferences

1. Click the Preferences option in the User menu, . The Preferences dialog box
appears. By default, the General Settings tab is selected (Figure 5-15).
2. Select the video option for each panel corresponding to Preview Pane. When you select
Pre Alarm and Post Alarm, a dialog box appears. Select the time in seconds for which
you want to view video related to pre alarm and post alarm in the dialog box and click OK.

Figure 5-15 Settings for the Alarm Preview Pane

3. Click Apply.
4. Click OK to close the dialog box.

Setting the Alarm Threshold Value

Each event type supported in the NVR has a pre-defined Severity Level value associated to it.
When the event occurs, the value is compared with the value in the Alarm Severity Threshold
box in the Preferences dialog box. The alarm is triggered only when the Severity Level value
is greater than the Alarm Severity Threshold value. See Appendix B, Event and Alarm Types
section on page 334 for default Event and Alarm types and their severity levels for Camera,
Recorder and SMART VMD.
For example, the alarm is triggered if the Severity Level for an event is 50 and the Alarm
Severity Threshold value is 40.

Note: Severity level for alarms are displayed in the Alarm window Refer the Alarms
section in MAXPRO® NVR Operator’s Guide for more information.

To set the Alarm Severity Threshold value

1. Click the Preferences option in the User menu, . The Preferences dialog box
appears. By default, the General Settings tab is selected (Figure 5-16).

110 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
LOGGING ON AND GETTING STARTED
Setting Preferences

2. Under Server Level Settings, type an Alarm Severity Threshold.

Figure 5-16 Setting the Alarm Threshold

3. Click Apply.
4. Click OK to close the dialog box.

Configuring the Snapshot Clip Export Settings

You can configure the time interval for the exported snapshot.

1. Click the Preferences option in the User menu, . The Preferences dialog box
appears. By default, the General Settings tab is selected (Figure 5-17).
2. Under SnapShot Clip Export Settings, select the Clip Export time in seconds.

Figure 5-17 Settings for SnapShot Clip Export

3. Click Apply.
4. Click OK to close the dialog box.

Configuring the OSD Settings

You can configure the OSD settings to change the properties such as type, color, and size of
the text that appears over the video displayed in a panel.

1. Click the Preferences option in the User menu, . The Preferences dialog box
(Figure 5-18) appears.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 111

 LOGGING ON AND GETTING STARTED
5 Setting Preferences

2. Click the OSD Settings tab.

Figure 5-18 OSD Settings tab

3. Click Edit and select the font and color properties in the dialog box.
4. Click OK to close the font properties dialog box.
5. Click Apply in the Preferences dialog box.
6. Click OK to close the Preferences dialog box.

Configuring the Timeline Settings

1. Click the Preferences option in the User menu, . The Preferences dialog box
(Figure 5-19) appears.
2. Click the Timeline Settings tab.

Figure 5-19 Timeline Settings tab

3. Under Timeline Jump Control Configuration, set the time for the intervals (Interval 1 to
Interval 6) as applicable.
4. Under Snapshot Duration Settings, select the Daywise or Hourwise option button as
applicable.
5. Under Calendar Search Month View Snapshot Time, type the preferred time and
seconds and then click AM or PM as applicable.
6. Click Apply.
7. Click OK to close the Preferences dialog box.

112 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
LOGGING ON AND GETTING STARTED
Setting Preferences

Configuring the Diagnostic Settings

1. Click the Preferences option in the User menu, . The Preferences dialog box
(Figure 5-20) appears.
2. Click the Diagnostic Settings tab.

Figure 5-20 Diagnostic Settings tab

3. Under Change log level settings, select the check boxes corresponding to logs as
applicable.
4. Click Apply.
5. Click OK to close the Preferences dialog box.

Configuring the Advanced Settings

Encryption secures the communication between server and client. You can encrypt the data
between client to server using encryption feature. MAXPRO NVR supports three types of
encryption modes to communicate with NVR box through client. Each encryption has specific
pre-requisites. The following are the pre-requisites for each encryption mode.

• Default Encryption : None

• Windows Authentication Encryption:

• System clock time should be synced between client and server machine. It also
recommended to use the time sync utility to sync the time between client and
server.
• Workgroup: If the machines are in workgroup then the password used by a
client to log on as a windows user should be the same as Server PC.
• Domain User: All valid domain users are allowed to log on.

• Certificate Based Encryption:

• System clock time should be synced between client and server machine. It is
also recommended to use the time sync utility to sync the time between client
and server.
• Certificate needs to be installed in all Client and Server PCs. A client without a
certificate is not allowed to log on.
• Internet connection is required to Install the certificate.
• Certificate Based Encryption works across workgroup and domain.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 113

 LOGGING ON AND GETTING STARTED
5 Setting Preferences

Note: VeriSign Class 3 Code Signing 2010 CA issued certificate is tested for certificate
based encryption.

To configure the Advanced settings

1. Click the Preferences option in the User menu, . The Preferences dialog box
(Figure 5-21) appears.
2. Click the Advanced Settings tab.

Figure 5-21 Advanced Settings Tab

3. Under Application Security Settings, select the Default Encryption or Windows
Authentication Encryption option button as applicable.
Or
If you select the Certificate Based Encryption option button, then a certificate is used for
encrypting the data between client and server. To encrypt the data using Certificate Based
Encryption, perform the following:
a. Browse the certificate (.pfx file).
b. Type the Certificate Password and then click the Import Certificate button
to import the certificate.
Tip: You can also import the certificate from the following link. http://technet.microsoft.com/en-
us/library/cc776889(v=ws.10).aspx
4. Click OK. A services restarting progress bar is displayed. Its takes several minutes to
restart all the services.

Figure 5-22 Advance Settings Tab Service Restart

114 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
LOGGING ON AND GETTING STARTED
Setting Preferences

Note: All services will be restarted and all clients will be auto-reconnected.

5. Click Apply to close the Preferences dialog box.

Encryption Certificate deployment scenario

The following figures depicts the Encryption certificate deployment scenarios:

Configuring the Default Settings

1. Click Reset to apply default settings while setting preferences.
2. Click System Defaults to apply the system default settings while setting preferences.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 115

 LOGGING ON AND GETTING STARTED
5 Licensing Information

Licensing Information

Viewing the Version and License Information of

MAXPRO NVR

Caution: Honeywell’s turnkey box solutions come pre-licensed or included with all
the camera licenses. This varies for MAXPRO NVR models, please refer to
the respective data sheets.

The MAXPRO NVR Software license has a 60-day activation period. During this trial period
NVR allows you to add up to 64 cameras. To continue using the software beyond the first 60
days, you must register the software. On registration, the license is limited to the number of
camera licenses purchased with the software.
You can view the version and license information of MAXPRO NVR software from the User
menu.

1. From the User menu on the top right, click About from the drop-down list. The
version information of MAXPRO NVR appears Figure 5-23.

Figure 5-23 About MAXPRO NVR

2. Click the License option. The License Management Console dialog box Figure 5-24
appears.

116 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
LOGGING ON AND GETTING STARTED
Licensing Information

Figure 5-24 License Management Console

The License Management Console dialog box displays the number of days remaining in the
60-day activation period since the software was installed. You must purchase the license to
continue using MAXPRO NVR.
License Type is shown as Permanent if your NVR has been licensed. General Features shows
the license information on number of channels and clients.

Registration and Licensing

Registering the software only requires the Host ID file from the server system. This is a unique
ID generated for the NVR Server. Click the drum icon to create a Host ID. You are prompted to
select the path where you want to generate the Host ID (HID) file, and then click OK. Save the
file to a USB flash drive or hard drive.
Refer to the MAXPRO NVR Getting Started Guide for detailed information on registration and
licensing of Software only NVR.

Completing the Licensing

After you receive the license certificate, perform the following steps to license the NVR.
1. Download the License Certificate file and save it to a USB flash drive.
2. Launch MAXPRO NVR on the MAXPRO NVR Server.

3. From the User menu, click About.

4. On the MAXPRO® NVR dialog box, click License.
5. On the License Management Console dialog box, select Install License in the License
drop-down list.
6. The New License Configuration Wizard launches. Click Next.
7. On the Locate Your License File dialog box, click Browse to locate your license
certificate (for example, on the USB flash drive), and then click Next.
8. The License Comparison dialog box displays the details of the existing license and the
newly procured license. Compare the Existing License and the Selected License
columns corresponding to General Features and Devices. When you are satisfied, click
Next.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 117

 LOGGING ON AND GETTING STARTED
5 Licensing Information

Note: Any discrepancy in the license must be reported to Honeywell Sales Support. For
example, the Maximum supported cameras row under the Selected License
column displays the number of cameras for which the license is purchased. If the
number of cameras is less or more than the number of cameras for which the
license was purchased, contact Honeywell Sales Support immediately.

9. On the Device Configuration Changes dialog box, check that the details are accurate,
and then click Next.
10. On the Confirm New License dialog, click Finish.
11. On the New License Configuration Wizard dialog box, click Yes.

Logging off
You can log off from MAXPRO NVR from the User menu. The name of the currently connected
user is displayed as the User menu on the top right of each screen.

1. Click the User menu, . The user menu options appear.

2. Click Log Off. The Log on dialog box appears after logging off from MAXPRO NVR.

Closing the MAXPRO®NVR User Interface

You can close the MAXPRO NVR user interface from the User menu. The name of the currently
connected user is displayed as the User menu on the top right of each screen.

1. Click the User menu, . The user menu options appear.

2. Click Exit. A dialog box appears prompting you to confirm the action.
3. Click Yes.

118 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

Configuring MAXPRO NVR
6
In this chapter...

Section See page...

Overview 120

Configuring the Honeywell cameras with MAXPRO NVR Wizard 121

Navigating to Configurator tab 125

Configuring the System Settings 127

Configuring the Disk Management Settings 132

Configuring the Cameras 136

Adding IP Cameras / Encoders 137

Configuring the Auto Discovery Settings 146

Discovering and Adding Third Party ONVIF and AXIS Cameras 149

Discovering and Adding Multi-channel Encoders 151

Adding FLIR Camera 153

Adding RTSP Cameras/Encoders 154

Configuring the Input and Output for an IP Camera 155

Configuring 360/180 Cameras 157

Managing Analog Cameras 169

Configuring the Input and Output for an Analog Camera 175

Server VMD (SMART VMD) 181

Updating the Cameras 184

Deleting the Cameras 184

Configuring the Schedules 184

Configuring the Sequences 186

Performing User Administration 188

Recommendation to use Low bandwidth stream option 194

Automatic Retry for Backfilled Clips 195

Enable Recording During On Demand Streaming 197

Privacy Protection Settings (GDPR Favored) 199

Guidelines to configure NAS Drive for Recording 212

Annotations 220

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 119

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Overview

Overview
Configuring MAXPRO NVR involves setting up the system to perform video surveillance and IP
recording operations. This is the most important phase for commissioning MAXPRO NVR
system as it involves setting up the MAXPRO NVR IP address, organizing devices, users, and
roles. The MAXPRO NVR configuration task is performed only by the user having the NVR
Administrator role. This is the initial task performed after the setting up the MAXPRO NVR
system.

Caution: Logon as Administrator only when an administrative activity need to be

performed, Operator is preferred for all other activity.

Note: For a user having the Operator role, the contents in this chapter serve as a
reference.

MAXPRO NVR configuration involves the following tasks:

• Configuring the Honeywell cameras with MAXPRO NVR Wizard.
• Configuring the System settings
• Configuring the Disk settings
• Configuring the Cameras
• Adding IP Cameras / Encoders
• Manually adding cameras
• Discovering and Adding Third Party PSIA, ONVIF and AXIS Cameras
• Discovering and Adding Multi-channel Encoders
• Adding FLIR Camera
• Adding RTSP Cameras/Encoders
• Adding Streams
• Configuring the Input and Output for an IP camera
• Configuring 360/180 Cameras
• Managing Analog Cameras
• Configuring Analog Cameras
• Configuring the Input and Output for an Analog camera
• Server VMD (SMART VMD)
• Updating the Cameras
• Deleting the Cameras
• Configuring the Schedules
• Configuring the Sequences
• Performing User administration

120 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Firewall Settings

Before you Begin

• Ensure that you have completed MAXPRO NVR server and client hardware setup
and software installation.

Firewall Settings

Caution: The Firewall settings are pre-configured for boxed solutions – MAXPRO
NVR XE, SE, PE and MAXPRO NVR Hybrid XE, SE, PE. For MAXPRO NVR
Software-Only solution, the Firewall settings are automatically configured
during the installation process.

Configuring the Honeywell cameras wi th

MAXPRO NVR Wizard
MAXPRO NVR Wizard is an easy three-step* procedure to live video for Honeywell devices.
This wizard automatically starts each time you power on the MAXPRO NVR system.
(* 3 clicks with default settings and in a local area network for specific models)
1. Step 1 - The CONFIGURATION page (Figure 6-1) appears.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 121

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Configuring the Honeywell cameras with MAXPRO NVR Wizard

Figure 6-1 CONFIGURATION page

• If you want to change the default settings, select YES or NO corresponding to the
fields listed in the following table or click STEP 2 to accept the default settings, and
proceed to the CAMERA DISCOVERY page in step 2.

Field Description
CONFI GURATI ON SETTI NGS
Video Format Select “NTSC” or “PAL” based on your region.

Enable Start recording as soon as soon as the camera is added. 24/7

Continuous continuous recording is enabled for all the cameras.
Recording
Dynamic IP MAXPRO NVR software automatically synchronizes any change
Synchronization in the camera’s IP address.
For example. if a camera is restarted, and a new IP is associated
to the camera, then the MAXPRO NVR software automatically
detects the changed IP address and synchronizes it to the
camera so that live viewing and recording is not disturbed.
Auto Add Any newly connected camera is automatically discovered and
Discovered added to the camera’s list.
Camera

DI SCOVERY SETTI NGS

Choose Camera Enables you to choose your camera network from the drop-
Network down list.
Click the refresh icon to refresh the drop-down list.

Auto IP Assigns a valid address to cameras with Automatic Private IP

Assignment Addressing (APIPA).
Note: Use this option only if you do not have a DHCP server
and want to assign an IP address in your computer network
range to the cameras.
Range for IP Assignment: The MAXPRO NVR system
automatically detects all the cameras in this range on the
network.
From, To: Type the IP range.

Filter Discovered Enables you to filter the discovered cameras based on the
Cameras camera model and IP range.

• Filter By Camera Type: Select this check box and then

select a camera model from the drop-down list by clicking
the respective check boxes.
• Filter By IP Range: Select this check box and then type the
IP range in From and To.

• Select the required language from the drop-down list. The supported languages are
Arabic, Czechoslovakian, Dutch, French, German, Russian, Italian, Polish,
Portuguese, Spanish, and English. The default language is English (US English).
• Select the Launch Wizard on Windows startup check box to launch the wizard
automatically each time you start Windows.

122 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Configuring the Honeywell cameras with MAXPRO NVR Wizard

Note: Click RESET to restore the default settings for each of the fields listed in the
above table.

2. Step 2 - The CAMERA DISCOVERY page (Figure 6-2) appears.

Figure 6-2 CAMERA DISCOVERY page

• All the settings that you have saved on the CONFIGURATION page are listed, along
with the discovered cameras. As each connected camera is discovered (notice the
message that displays on the lower right of your monitor) it is added to the list. This
list disappears as the cameras are added to the MAXPRO NVR software.

Figure 6-3 Discovered Cameras

Note: The ADD button on the CAMERA DISCOVERY page appears only if you have
selected “NO” corresponding to Auto Add Discovered Camera in the
CONFIGURATION page. Select the check boxes corresponding to a camera
from the discovered list, and then click ADD button to add the discovered
cameras of your choice to the MAXPRO NVR software.

• A MAXPRO NVR Wizard pop-up message appears detailing the available free
channels in the system on NVR Hybrid units if there are analog cameras (pre-
configured or added manually). It also gives you a hint about deleting the unused
analog channels to add IP cameras. Click OK to continue.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 123

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Configuring the Honeywell cameras with MAXPRO NVR Wizard

• Click BACK to return to the CONFIGURATION page or click DONE when the
number of cameras discovered equals the number of connected cameras.

Caution: Only Honeywell IP cameras and HVE encoders (except Honeywell

Performance Series and New equIP® Series IP cameras) are discovered
and added in the MAXPRO NVR Wizard. To discover and add other third
party PSIA/ONVIF compliant cameras, see the Discovering and Adding
Third Party ONVIF and AXIS Cameras section on page 149. For adding
and configuring third party RTSP cameras, the RTSP settings must be
specified, see Adding RTSP Cameras/Encoders section on page 154.

Note: MAXPRO NVR Wizard discovers only 1 channel for multi-channel Encoders and
allows you to add only 1 channel from the wizard that is first channel. You can
add the additional channels from the Camera tab.

3. Step 3 - The INSTALLATION page (Figure 6-4) appears.

Figure 6-4 INSTALLATION page

124 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
MAXPRO NVR Wizard Settings on the Task bar

• Click LAUNCH. The MAXPRO NVR Log On dialog appears. Please wait while the
system logs you on automatically as a Windows Logged-In User. MAXPRO NVR
launches and the Viewer tab appears. The Devices window on the left pane lists all
the discovered network cameras.

Video is visible as soon as the cameras are dragged and dropped into the panels (also known
as Salvo Layouts) on the Viewer. Refer Live Video section in MAXPRO® NVR Operator’s
Guide for more information.

MAXPRO NVR Wizard Settings on the Task

bar
If you right-click the MAXPRO NVR Wizard on the Task bar, a shortcut menu appears with a list
of quick configuration settings.

Figure 6-5 MAXPRO NVR Wizard Task bar Settings

Setting Select..
Configure To open the Configuration page.

Auto Discover To automatically discover the cameras.

Cameras

Auto Add To automatically add the discovered cameras to the list.

Cameras

Auto IP To assign a valid address to cameras with Automatic Private IP

Assignment Addressing (APIPA).

Exit To close the MAXPRO NVR Wizard.

Navigating to Configurator tab

1. Double-click the icon on your desktop. The MAXPRO NVR Log On dialog box
appears.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 125

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 MAXPRO NVR Wizard Settings on the Task bar

Caution: Only on the Honeywell provided systems shipped with v4.0 or later
version has a default Windows user name, NVR-Admin and password
Password$123 is already configured and hence you automatically log in.
Honeywell recommends you to create and use a new Administrator
account to install and configure MAXPRO NVR. See Before you Begin -
Changing the default Windows Administrator Account Created By NVR,
page 73 section for more information.

2. Clear the Windows Logged-In User check box and then type the Username. The default
user name is admin.
3. Type your Password. The default password is trinity.

Note: Select the Windows Logged-In User check box for logging on using the
Windows authentication (uses current logged in Windows account credentials). If
the Windows Logged-In User check box is cleared, the MAXPRO NVR user
name and password is used for authentication. If there is no profile set as default,
then select the Profile corresponding to the MAXPRO NVR server to which you
want to connect.

Tip: Set profiles if you have multiple MAXPRO NVR units and use the drop-down to choose
which NVR unit you would like to connect to.
4. Select the Display Video on Alarm check box to display the viewer as an alarm monitor.

Note: Alarm monitor supports pop-up of camera associated to IO events only. Pop-up
on motion alarms is not currently supported.

5. Click Login. The Viewer screen appears by default.

6. Click the Configurator tab to open the Configurator screen. The System page opens by
default.

126 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Configuring the System Settings

Configuring the System Settings

The System settings help in configuring the following:
• General System Settings - enable configuring the device name, device description,
and device address for MAXPRO NVR.
• Event Recording Settings - enable configuring the times associated to event and
user based recording.
• Email Settings - enable configuring the SMTP server settings for e-mail
communication of events.
• Site Info - enable configuring and displaying the Site info and License type
information.
• Archival Schedule - enable configuring the archive schedule for the recordings.
• Edge Sync Settings: allows you to sync and back fill the recordings from camera SD
card to NVR. You can configure when to sync or back fill.
• Privacy Protection Settings: enables user to configure the type of masking in live
video.See Privacy Protection Settings (GDPR Favored) for complete information.
• Holiday/Exception Settings for Schedules - enable configuring the holidays and
exceptions for schedule based recording.

To view the system settings

• Click the Configurator tab. The System page (Figure 6-6) appears by default.

Figure 6-6 System page

Configuring General Settings

The general settings enable configuring of the device address, device name, and device
description for MAXPRO NVR.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 127

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Configuring the System Settings

Under General Settings

• The Device Address displays by default. You can type a new device address as
applicable.
• The Device Name displays by default. You can type a new device name as
applicable.
• The Description of the device displays by default. You can type a new description as
applicable.
Tip: The information in the Device Address and the Device Name fields is mandatory. Device
Address must be set to the machine name or IP address of the NVR for the system to work
properly.

Event Recording Settings

The event recording settings enable configuring of the times associated to video motion
detection and user based recording.

Under Event Recording Settings

• The Pre-event Time (the length of time (in seconds) recording takes place before
motion is detected) and displays by default. Select a new Pre-event Time as
applicable. You can set this value from NONE to 15 seconds. The default Pre-event
Time is 5 seconds.
• The default Record for time is 30 seconds. This is the amount of time that the NVR
records or boosts recording frame rate after the motion event trigger time. You can
set this value from 5 seconds to 5 minutes.

Note: Honeywell recommends that you retain the default setting of 30 seconds to get
optimal recorded time on an event.

• The User based Recording Time (duration for which the recording is done after the
user action) displays by default. Select a new User based Recording Time as
applicable. The user based recording is the recording initiated by the user manually
and is applicable for all the cameras connected to MAXPRO NVR.
To start user based recording
Right-click the panel displaying live video and click Start Recording.
To stop the recording
Right-click the panel displaying live video and click Stop Recording.

Email Settings
The email settings enable configuring of the SMTP server settings for email communication of
events.

128 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Configuring the System Settings

Under Email Settings

• Type the From address
• Type the SMTP Server Name.
• The Port displays by default. Type a new Port number as applicable.
• Type the User Name of the user.
• Type the Password of the user.
• Select the Use Default Credentials check box if you want to use the credentials that
are used while logging on.
• Select the Stop Email Service check box, if you do not want to send an email from
the configured settings.
• Select the Enable SSL check box.

Site Info Settings

Site Info settings allows you to quickly provide or refer the information related to Part Number,
Serial Number, Voucher Number/System ID and the type of license being used to a support
focal.

Note: For MAXPRO NVR turnkey solutions shipped with v4.0 or later version, the Site
Info details are configured in the factory.

Under Site Info

• Type the Part Number of the NVR box. If the field is empty, the part number can be

input without any credentials. To modify the Part Number, click and then type
the factory password provided by Honeywell Technical Support.
• Type the Serial Number. To modify the Serial Number, click and then type the
factory password provided by Honeywell Technical Support.
• The Voucher Number/System ID is displayed by default and it is non-editable.
• The License Type details are displayed by default and it is non-editable.
• Under Notes type any required information regarding the site based on your
requirements.

Archival Schedule Settings

The Archival Schedule settings enables you to configure the archiving schedule for your
recordings. Ensure that the storage drive (NAS or SAN or USB) is configured in Disk tab and
select the Drive Purpose as Archival. See Configuring the Disk Management Settings section
on page 132 for more information. To configure NAS drive for recording, see Guidelines to
configure NAS Drive for Recording section on page 212 for complete information.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 129

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Configuring the System Settings

Under Archival Schedule

• Click Auto [24/7] option to archive the recordings automatically 24/7.
Or
Click Every Day at option to select the required time for archival from the drop-down
list.
• Select Ensure Clip scheduled for archival are not deleted until archived check
box to ensure that clips will not be deleted by the system until it is archived. If the clip
deletion schedule is reached for a specific clip then this feature will retry and archive
the clip.

Note: The default Archival Schedule configured and recommended is Every Day at
12:00 AM. This is recommended versus the Auto [24/7] option for optimal
performance and load on NVR.

The default Archival Schedule configured and recommended is Every Day at 12:00 AM. This is
recommended versus the Auto [24/7] option for optimal performance and load on NVR.

Edge Sync Settings

Edge Sync settings enables you to set the schedule for synchronizing the recordings from the
camera SD card. This feature is supported for Profile-G compliant cameras where the
recordings are stored at the camera level.

Under Edge Sync Recording at:

• Click Every option and then select the time in minutes or hours to synchronize the
recordings.
Or
Click Every Day at option to set the specific time in hours during which the
synchronizing should trigger.
• Limit Past Sync: This option allows you to set number of days passed for which you
want system to sync the recordings from camera. For example - if you set 10 days,
then system will sync the recording within last 10 days from camera.

Manual Archival
Manual archive can be performed in Search tab. You need to search and then archive the
required recording. Before performing the manual archive ensure that you configure the drive
in Disk tab and select the Drive Purpose as Archival. See Configuring the Disk Management
Settings section on page 132.

To perform manual archive:

1. Navigate to Search tab and search the required Recording. Refer MAXPRO NVR
Operator’s Guide, How to search for recorder video and events section for more
information. The recorded video is searched based on the search conditions. The search
results are listed in the Results window.
2. In the Results pane, select the required recording from the list of recording. Press Ctrl to
select multiple recordings.

130 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Configuring the System Settings

3. Click at the bottom of the pane. The Clip Archival is in progress. Please Wait...
message is displayed Figure 6-7.

Figure 6-7 Archive Progress

Note: If the Archival type Disks is not configured then you cannot archive the clips
manually and Failed to archive clip message is displayed.

Once the Manual Archive is success then the selected clips are displayed in Green color
(Figure 6-7) and a Manual archival folder is created automatically for the respective camera. If
it fails then the selected clips are displayed in Pink color.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 131

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Configuring the Disk Management Settings

Holidays/Exceptions Settings
The holidays/exceptions settings enable setting of the holiday and exceptions for schedule
based video recording.
1. Under Holidays/Exceptions
To set holidays and exceptions
• Select a day from the calendar, and click Set as Holiday to set the selected day
as a holiday. The selected holiday displays under List of Holidays.
• Select a day from the calendar, and click Set as Exception to set the selected
day as a exception. The selected exception displays under List of Exceptions.
To remove holidays and exceptions
• Under List of Holidays, select the check box for the holiday you want to
remove, and then click Remove Holiday.
• Select the check box for the exception you want to remove, and click Remove
Exception.
2. Click Save to save the information or click Reset to clear the information entered.

Configuring the Di sk Management Settings

Disk Management helps you to configure the disk settings for saving the recorded video. All
the drives available on the MAXPRO NVR system are automatically added in the Disk
Management page. To configure NAS drive for recording, see Guidelines to configure NAS
Drive for Recording section on page 212 for complete information.
1. Click the Configurator tab. The System page displays by default.

132 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Configuring the Disk Management Settings

2. Click the Disk tab to open the Disk Management page Figure 6-8.

Figure 6-8 Disk Management page

All the drives available on the MAXPRO NVR system are listed.

By default, the check boxes corresponding to all the drives except C:\ are selected. C:\ is
reserved for the Operating System data.

Caution: It is recommended that you do not choose the operating system drive for
saving the camera recordings (as a video storage drive). Selecting an
Operating System drive for video storage can lead to system instability.

3. The following information displays under Disk Management.

• Drive Name - displays the drive name such as C:\, D:\ and so on.
• Drive Type - displays the drive type (Fixed or Network). To configure NAS drive for
recording, see Guidelines to configure NAS Drive for Recording section on page 212
for complete information.
• Drive Purpose - displays the purpose of the drive (Recording/ Archival)

Note: For Manual or Auto Archiving, ensure that you configure the Drive and select the
Drive purpose option as Archival.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 133

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Configuring the Disk Management Settings

Tip: By default, only the fixed drives are listed. See step 5 to explicitly add a network drive or
fixed drive.
• Storage Path - displays the default storage path for saving the recorded video. You
can type a new path for saving the recorded video
• Selected for Storage - By default, this check box is selected for all the fixed drives
that are listed except C: To disable video recording on a particular drive, clear the
Select for Storage check box corresponding to the drive.
• Total Space (GB) - displays the total space available on the drive.
• Free Space (GB) - displays the free space available on the drive.
• Current Recording Drive - displays a status indicator indicating that recording is
taking place on the drive. “Green” indicates that current recorded video is saved on
the drive.
• NAS Domain - displays the domain name of NAS
• NAS Username - Type the username to access the NAS

Note: If the domain, username and password mismatches with the external drive (NAS)
credentials then TotalSpace(GB) column displays Invalid Drive message.To
configure NAS drive for recording, see Guidelines to configure NAS Drive for
Recording section on page 212 for complete information. If user adds a Network
Drive for Archival without Domain, Username and Password then a validation
message is displayed to provide the network credentials.

• NAS Password - Type the password to access the NAS. If you select the NAS as the
recording drive then ensure to follow the below.
• We should not use “-” during the share folder creation.
• If we select the shared drive for Recording, In NAS need to be create user say
Administrator or NVR-admin with same password, where NVR services is
running.
• If Neo services is running with “NVRservicesuser”, since we do not know the
password of this user (due to Cyber security) even though if we are creating user
in NAS, Recording will not work.
4. Under Disk Space
The overall drive statistics specified for the recorded video at any point of time is indicated
by the following fields:
• Total available disk space - displays the total storage space available on the drives
used for saving the recorded video.
• Used non video disk space - displays the disk space used by non video data on the
drives.
• Used video disk space - displays the disk space on the drives used for saving the
recorded video.
• Free disk space - displays the free disk space available on the drives.

Note: The statistics provided in the Disk Space section does not include Archival
drives.

134 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Configuring the Disk Management Settings

You can also view a graphical illustration of the drive statistics with legends for each of the
above fields see Figure 6-9.

Figure 6-9 Graphical Illustration

• In the Recording recycle at box, type a value. The Recording recycle refers to a
state when the oldest video recordings are automatically deleted, if there is no disk
space on the drives for new video recordings.
• In the Low disk alarm at box, type a value. The Low disk alarm refers to a state when
the space on the drives for video storage is nearing the maximum size of the drives.

Caution: The Low disk alarm at value must be always greater than the Recording
recycle at value.

Tip: Click Refresh to refresh the information under Disk Space at any point in time.
5. Click Add Drive to add a fixed drive or a network drive.
• The fixed drive that you are adding must be available on the MAXPRO NVR system,
else an “Invalid Drive” text displays in the Total Space (GB) column.
• Add Network Drive using map drive as \\Drivename\Folder.
• Add a network drive path in the following format: \\<IP address >\<folder name>
for example, \\192.168.1.12\Recorded Clips.

Note: The Network drive added must be valid with proper folder permissions set for the
installed default user, else an Invalid Drive text displays in the Total Space (GB)
column.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 135

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Configuring the Cameras

Caution: Please exercise caution while using a network drive as a Recording type
video storage drive, since network interruptions and network performance
can lead to loss of video recordings.

6. Click Save to save the information or click Reset to clear the information entered.

Removing a drive
1. Select the check box corresponding to the drive you want to remove as shown in
Figure 6-9.

Figure 6-10 Drive Type

2. From the Drive Type drop-down list, select Network and then click Delete. By default
Fixed drive is selected. If you try to delete the Fixed drive then a message Only Network
Drives can be Deleted is displayed.

Caution: Do not delete all drives from the system otherwise user will not get an
option to add the drives again. Contact to Honeywell technical support in
case of this scenario.

Configuring the Cameras

Cameras are sources for a video input in MAXPRO NVR. The maximum number of cameras
that can be configured in MAXPRO NVR depends on the model and for each camera you can
also add multiple streams depending on the camera type. You can add the following types of
cameras:
• IP Cameras/Encoders: MAXPRO NVR can automatically discovers these devices in
the network and adds it to the MAXPRO NVR user interface. See the Adding IP
Cameras / Encoders section on page 137 for more information.
• Analog Cameras: User is required to manually add these cameras to the respective
channel and configure the camera. See the Adding/Deleting Analog Cameras section
on page 169 for more information. The maximum number of analog cameras that you
can configure in MAXPRO NVR Hybrid series (XE, SE, PE) is 16.

136 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Configuring the Cameras

Adding IP Cameras / Encoders

The MAXPRO NVR Wizard automatically discovers Honeywell cameras in the network and
adds it to the MAXPRO NVR user interface. Alternatively, you can also discover and add all the
supported cameras in MAXPRO NVR in the Camera page.

To add IP cameras
1. Click the Configurator tab. The System page displays by default.
2. Click the Camera tab to open the Camera page Figure 6-11.

Figure 6-11 Camera page

Note: All Honeywell cameras that are discovered and added using the MAXPRO NVR
Wizard appear in the Camera page when you first open it.

3. Click the Auto Discovery button, the Auto Discovery screen is displayed.
• Click Start Discovery to discover the cameras in the network. By default, the
cameras discovered are displayed under Cameras Discovered pane.
The cameras are added based on the IP range and Video Format settings. See the
Configuring the Auto Discovery Settings section on page 146 for more information.
Only device integrations with auto discovery support are discovered automatically in
the NVR. All other devices need to be added manually.
• To add only specific cameras, select the required camera check boxes and then
click Add Cameras. The selected cameras appear under the Camera pane.

Note: The cameras added will have the default parameters for all their settings.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 137

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Configuring the Cameras

4. Under the Camera screen, select a camera to change the default parameters for the
following settings.
• Enable/Disable - Enables or disables a camera for recording and live video. By
default the check box corresponding to a camera to enable live video preview is
selected. To disable live video preview, clear the check box corresponding to a
camera. The live video appears under Preview at the bottom right corner of the
camera General/Primary Stream page See the Configuring the Camera Properties
section on page 141 for more information.
• Number - Displays the camera number. You cannot modify the camera number.
• Camera Name - Displays the camera name. You can type a new camera name
limited to a maximum of 50 alphanumeric characters.
• IP Address - Displays the IP address of the camera. You can type the new IP
address for the camera as applicable. The IP address should include the Port
number 80. For example if the IP address is 111.221.0.333 then you should add the
port number (80) as 111.222.0.333:80.
• Camera Type - Displays the type of camera.

Note:
• For the camera type, “Generic - RTSP, you must specify the RTSP settings for
the camera in the camera properties. See the Adding RTSP
Cameras/Encoders section on page 154 for more information.
• To add the discovered multi-channel encoders, see the Discovering and
Adding Multi-channel Encoders section on page 151.

• User Name- Displays the default user name, “admin” for the camera. You can type a
new user name for the camera as applicable. Change this only if the user has been
changed on the camera.
• Password - Displays the password, if any, for the camera. You can type a new
password for the camera as applicable. Change this only if the password has been
changed on the camera.

Caution: The camera Username and Password in the NVR needs to match the
username and password configured on the device for the NVR to be able
to connect to the camera and get video.

• Device Stream No - Displays the channel ID. You cannot modify this field.
• Unique System No - Display the unique camera ID. You can modify and assign a
new number as applicable.

Note:
• Unique System Number can be used to assign a unique camera number
across all your NVRs. This helps in having an unique camera number in your
entire system.
• Unique System Number should not be modified for the NVRs upgraded from
older versions to 4.0.

138 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Configuring the Cameras

• For fresh installation of 4.0 we recommend the Unique System Number

should be updated when the camera is added to the NVR system. If the
Unique System Number is modified later then the older recording cannot be
retrieved.
• Unique system Number can be discovered as callup number in VMS based
on the user configuration in VMS discovery window.

• Stream Count - Displays the number of streams associated with the camera. By
default it displays 1. if a additional stream is added then the stream count increases.
Multistream or Dual stream is not supported for encorders.
• NVR System Load, Storage Calculator -

• NVR System Load provides system load estimate based on the estimation of
recording bit rate of cameras currently configured on your NVR versus
maximum recording bit rate supported for the NVR in graphical manner
(Percentage load is displayed and the indicator changes to red if the load is
above the limit).
Tip: Hover the mouse over the NVR System Load indicator for more details.

Note:
• Part Number of your NVR system should be entered in the System tab for the
Maximum estimate to be shown in the System Load. Please reopen the NVR
client after updating the part number, if the part number is updated after
opening the client.
• NVR System Load is based on the recording bit rate only and does not
include archival recording.
• Maximum Bit Rate is based on the part number entered in System tab and
Current Bit Rate Estimate is based on the cameras configured in the NVR.
• For Software only NVR System, 4 Mbps bit rate per camera license is
assumed to calculate the Maximum Bit Rate but the maximum bit rate
supported can vary based on your NVR Server hardware specification.
• The Current Bit Rate Estimate is based on the estimated bit rate value for
configured cameras based on standard conditions and can vary based on
your site environment. All the estimated bit rate calculations are based on
fixed bit rate (Mbps) and might vary based on the site environment if the
camera is set to VBR (variable bit rate) mode.
• It is very important to stay within the estimator guidelines to ensure the
MAXPRO NVR will operate normally.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 139

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Configuring the Cameras

• Over configuration of the system can lead to unsatisfactory performance.

• Storage Calculator provides recording storage estimate based on the

recording configuration (bit rate estimate of cameras, recording schedule and
retention) of current cameras on NVR versus the maximum Recording storage
drive space supported by the NVR in graphical manner (Percentage recording
storage estimate is displayed and the indicator changes to red if the storage
estimated is above the NVR recording storage capacity).
Tip: Hover the mouse over the Storage Calculator indicator for more details.

Note:
• Archival storage calculations is not included in the estimation.
• This is an estimate for reference purpose only. While providing a reasonable
storage estimate it should not be inferred that the results are absolute and will
apply to all the systems and locations.
• Recording bit-rate and duration can be dramatically effected by PTZ
cameras, higher levels of activity, image quality, light levels and noise.
• All the Estimator calculations are based on the fixed bit rate (Mbps) and
might vary based on the site environment if the camera is set to VBR (variable
bit rate) mode.

Tip: Click on the Status Monitor icon to launch status monitor. Refer to the MAXPRO
NVR Operator’s Guide for more information on using MAXPRO Status Monitor.

140 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Configuring the Cameras

Configuring the Camera Properties

1. For the required camera, click on the left corner to open the camera properties pane
see Figure 6-12.

Figure 6-12 Camera Properties pane

2. Click Launch Camera Web Page to launch the web page for the camera. Use the
camera's web page to view IP and firmware settings, bit rate statistics, camera exposure,
day night and white balance settings, and set up video motion detection and other
analytic events.
3. Under General > PTZ > PTZ Settings
• Device Type - Select whether the camera is a PTZ or fixed.
• PTZ Sensitivity - Select the PTZ Sensitivity for PTZ camera. Available PTZ options
are: Minimum, Low, Normal, High and Maximum.

Note: The PTZ Sensitivity field is not available for fixed cameras.

4. Under General > 360 Settings

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 141

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Configuring the Cameras

Note: If Camera Type is OnCam Grandeye Fisheye (OnCam-GE-***-Fisheye), the 360

Settings tab does not display Enable Panamorph, Immervision settings and
shows Enable Dewarping, OnCam Grandeye settings.

• Enable Panamorph: Select the Enable Panomorph check box to enable the
Panomorph feature.
• Mounting position: Select the Mounting Position. You have three options to
choose from: Wall, Ceiling, and Ground.
• Modes: Select the Mode for the camera. The available modes are PTZ Mode,
Quad Mode, and Perimeter Mode. The default mode is PTZ Mode
• Lens ID: Select the Lens ID for the camera. The supported lens ids from v3.5 or
later are A0**V, A0IFV, A0NKV, A1UST, A8TRT, B0QQV, B4QQV, B5SST,
B6SST and B8QQT. By default AO**V Lens

Caution: Only Immervision certified camera models can support this feature
enabled. Before configuring this feature, please check whether your
camera has the Panomorph lens.

Note:
• To view live video from Immervision certified cameras, Refer Video Viewing
Options from Immervision Enabled Cameras section in MAXPRO NVR
Operator’s Guide.
• The recommended Aspect Ratio for Immervision Certified cameras is 4:3.

• Enable Dewarping: Select the Enable Dewarping check box to enable the
dewarping feature for OnCam Grandeye fisheye cameras.
• Mounting position: Select the Mounting Position. You have three options to
choose from: Wall, Ceiling, and Ground.
• Modes: Select the Mode for the camera. The available modes are Virtual
camera view, Panorama 2x180 views, Panorama 1x360 view and Panorama
1x180 view.

Note: To view live video from OnCam Grandeye cameras, Refer Video Viewing Options
from OnCam Grandeye Cameras section in MAXPRO® NVR Operator’s Guide .

142 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Configuring the Cameras

5. Under General > Preference > Stream Preference Settings

• Live - Select the preferred stream of the camera which you want to use for streaming
live video.
• Continuous - Select the preferred stream of the camera which you want to record
continuously.
• Event Recording - Select the preferred stream of the camera which you want to
record on events.
• Mobile/Web - Select the preferred stream of the camera which you want to use for
streaming in Mobile/Web application.
• Anonymization Algorithm: Select the preferred alogorithm option to anonymize the
live video scene based on the environment.The available options are:
• Variable Scene: If the scene contains both stationary and moving people or
objects then select this option to anonymize the objects in the scene.
• High Motion Scene: To anonymize the objects in high motion in the scene .
• Still Scene: To anonymize the objects in a scene where the scene
predominantly contains stationary people and objects.
• High Resolution - Select the preferred stream of the camera which you want to
categorize as High Resolution stream.
• Low Resolution - Select the preferred stream of the camera which you want to
categorize as Low Resolution stream.

Note: The stream selected as Low Resolution settings will be used in SMART VMD.

• Multicast Enabled - Select this check box to enable the Multicast feature for the
camera. After selecting the check box enter the following details:
• Multicast Address: Type the Multicast IP address.
• Multicast Port: Type the Multicast IP Port number.
6. Under Primary Stream > Recording > Video Quality Settings
• Resolution - The Resolution is defaulted to a fixed value based on the camera
model (for example, HD3MDIP model defaults to 1280 x 720 resolution).
• Frame Rate - Select the FPS for a camera. FPS refers to the number of pictures
displayed in exactly one second. FPS is a measure of how much information is used
to store and display motion video. The term applies to digital video. Each frame is a
still image; displaying frames in quick succession creates the illusion of motion.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 143

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Configuring the Cameras

Note: 30 FPS is the maximum frame rate in NTSC format and 25 FPS is the maximum
frame rate in PAL format supported by MAXPRO NVR.

Ensure that you set the Primary stream for recording which is 720p resolution and
secondary stream for Live which is 4CIF. See Recommended stream Settings
section for more information.

You can set the Bit rate value in the specific camera web page.

• Video Codec Type - Select the Codec type for the camera. The available options are
H.264, H.265 and MJPEG. H.265 cameras can render in both CPU and GPU modes.
To know about improvised GPU rendering capability, To know about improvised
GPU rendering capability, see Improved GPU Rendering section on page 209
section.
Limitations of H.265 Codec Type:
• H.265 is not supported in MAXPRO Mobile app
• H.265 is not supported in Web client.

Note: Only HFD6GR1, HSW2G1, HCD8G, HBD8GR1, H4D8GR1, HDZ302DE, HDZ302D

and HDZ302DIN model cameras support H.265 Codec type.

• Compression Level - The Compression Level is defaulted to “Medium”. You can

select a new Compression ratio as applicable.
• GOP - The GOP is defaulted to “5”. Type a new GOP as applicable. Group of
Pictures (GOP) are individual frames (number of pictures) that are grouped together
and played back for viewing. A GOP consists of “IFrame” picture type that represents
a fixed image independent of other picture types. Each GOP begins with this type of
picture.
• Video Format - Select the Video Format (NTSC or PAL). The NTSC and PAL are the
widely used video formats.
• Streaming Mode - The Streaming Mode is defaulted to UDP. You can select TCP
streaming mode as applicable. The Streaming Mode is supported only for specific
models of Honeywell, AXIS and ONVIF Cameras.
• Continuous - Select the FPS for Continuous recording.
• Event - Select the FPS for Event based recording.
Live/Recording Quality can be varied by controlling GOP. The formula for this is calculated
as follows: Recording Quality resulting FPS = Live FPS/(GOP*I Frame Number for
recording).
For example, in the following table if Live FPS is configured as “30” and Continuous
recording is set to record “Every I frame” and Event recording is set to “Same as Live” with
GOP value set to “5”, the result is 6 FPS continuous recording quality and 30 FPS event
recording quality.

Note: GOP value below 5 may not be achieved from all the cameras.

144 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Configuring the Cameras

• Enable Edge Sync- This option is supported for Profile-G compliant cameras and
used for checking whether the camera is really Profile-G compliant. Click the Get
Configuration button, if the camera is a Profile-G compliant camera then the Get
Configuration button disappears and Enable Edge Sync check box is enabled.
Select the check box and then Sync/view the recordings using Edge Sync Settings
option from the Systems tab.
If the camera is not Profile-G compliant then NVR application displays Edge Sync
not supported or enabled for this device message at the bottom.
7. If audio is supported for the camera then Enable Audio check is displayed. Select the
check box to enable audio. 1-way audio (camera to NVR) is supported for specific IP
cameras. Please visit URL: http://www.security.honeywell.com/hota/ for the compatibility
list and the models supported.

Note: Profile-G compliant camera time should be in sync with NVR time.
Ensure you configure the NTP server to avoid Time Sync related issues.

8. Under Primary Stream > Schedules:

• Recording Settings:
• Continuous Recording - All cameras added are defaulted to “24/7” recording.
You can choose a different option from the drop-down list.
• Event Based Recording - This is “None” by default. Select an option from the
drop-down if you want to do motion/event based recording.
• Recording Deletion Settings:
• Select the Event Recording video deletion duration.
• Select the Continuous Recording video deletion duration.
• Archive Recording Older Than:
• Continuous - This is “None” by default. Select an option from the
drop-down if you want to archive the continuous recording.
• Event - This is “None” by default. Select an option from the
drop-down if you want to archive the event recording.
• Delete Archived Recording After:
• Continuous Recording - This is “365 Days” by default. Select the number of
days from the drop-down after which the archived continuous recording can be
deleted.
• Event Recording - This is “365 Days” by default. Select the number of days
from the drop-down after which the archived event recording can be deleted.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 145

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Configuring the Cameras

9. Under Primary Stream > Preferences > Stream Preferences Settings. See step 5 for
more information.
10. Click Save.

Configuring the Auto Discovery Settings

The Auto Discovery Settings enable you to select the IP address range for discovery, set the
video format (NTSC/PAL), username and password of a camera as it is being added to the
NVR from the Discovery window. The Username and Password set for the camera in
MAXPRO NVR must match the username and password on the camera (actual device) to
stream video into MAXPRO NVR. See Figure 6-13.

Note: Auto Discovery Settings are only applicable for Honeywell, AXIS and ONVIF
cameras.

Figure 6-13 Auto Discovery Window

To configure the Auto Discovery Settings

• On the Camera page, click the Auto Discovery button, the Auto Discovery screen
appears. Perform the following:
• Under Select the IP Address range for discovery, type and set the IP address
in From and To fields.
• Under Settings, select “NTSC” or “PAL” from Video Format list.
• Under Set camera credentials
• Type a Username for the camera.
• Type a Password for the camera.

146 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Configuring the Cameras

Note: You cannot edit the Camera Type field. The cameras credentials settings
provides the username and password for Honeywell (for models already added
in NVR database), AXIS (for models already added in NVR database) and ONVIF
cameras discovery and addition. If a Honeywell or AXIS ONVIF model that is not
already added in NVR database is discovered, then the camera credentials set
for ONVIF is used for discovery and addition. You can find all the models that are
already added in NVR database by checking the models listed in the Camera
Type drop-down in the Camera tab.

• Click Apply to save the changes or click Reset to clear the information entered.
The username and password entered is applicable for all NTSC or PAL cameras.
However, the username and password can be changed while configuring a
particular camera.

Adding Additional Streams for a Camera

MAXPRO NVR V4.0 supports adding multiple streams for a single camera. The number of
streams that can be added depends on the model of the camera. You can also configure each
stream for a specific device based on your need. For example you can configure the first
stream for Live recording and the second stream for event based recording. Multistream or
Dual stream is not supported for encoders.

To configure the additional streams for a camera

1. Click the Camera tab, the camera page is displayed with the list of cameras discovered.

2. For the required camera, click on the left corner, the camera properties pane is
displayed see Figure 6-14.

Figure 6-14 Camera Properties Pane

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 147

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Configuring the Cameras

3. Click the Add Stream button, an additional stream (Stream 2) is added see Figure 6-15.

Figure 6-15 Adding Stream

Note:
• Based on the type of camera the Add Stream button is enabled/disabled. If
the camera supports additional streams then the Add Stream button is
enabled. You can add streams until the button is enabled.
• System stream limit is 128. This is the maximum number of streams that can
be added including multi-stream for cameras and multi-channel encoders or
multi-imager 180/360 cameras. Multistream or Dual stream is not supported
for encorders.

4. Under Stream 2:
• Type the required Name for the additional stream.
• Select Enable Stream check box to enable the stream Or clear the check box to
disable this stream.
5. For the Stream 2 Recording, Schedules, Preference settings, repeat step 6 through
step 10 of Configuring the Camera Properties section on page 141. Similarly you can add
and configure multiple streams for a camera.

148 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Configuring the Cameras

Note: Ensure that the Resolution and FPS should match with the Camera and the NVR
secondary stream settings, else live video can not be displayed.

Ensure that you set the Primary stream for recording which is 720p resolution and
secondary stream for Live which is 4CIF. See Recommended stream Settings
section for more information.

You can set the Bit rate value in the specific camera web page.

Deleting Additional Streams

1. For the required camera, click on the left corner, the camera properties pane is
displayed see Figure 6-14.

Note: If an additional stream is added then only the Delete Stream button is enabled.

2. Click the required stream tab (For example Stream 1, 2, 3) and then click the Delete
Stream button. A confirmation message Do you really want to delete the stream? is
displayed at the bottom of the screen.
3. Click Yes to delete Or click No to cancel. If you delete the primary stream then all the
configured child streams will be deleted.

Discovering and Adding Third Party ONVIF and AXIS Cameras

The third party ONVIF and AXIS cameras that are discovered in the MAXPRO NVR user
interface do not display the model name. However, the Camera Type field associated to the
ONVIF and AXIS cameras displays “ONVIF DEVICE” and “No Streamer Type” in the Camera
Discovered pane on the Auto Discovery screen.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 149

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Configuring the Cameras

Figure 6-16 Camera Type field displaying “ONVIF DEVICE” for a ONVIF camera

You must add the discovered camera(s) using the Add Cameras button to view the model
name(s). After adding the camera(s), you can view the model name(s) from the Camera Type
drop-down list in the left pane of the Camera page.

AXIS and ONVIF cameras also support the TCP and UDP based streaming modes. You can
choose the required streaming mode during the configuration depending upon what camera
supports.
Tip: To discover and configure the AXIS Camera/Encoders as an ONVIF device in MAXPRO
NVRs, see Appendix B MAXPRO®NVRs - AXIS Camera/Encoders Discovery and
Configuration (using ONVIF) section on page 341.

To add third party ONVIF cameras in MAXPRO NVR through Auto Discovery
1. In the Camera page, click the Auto Discovery button. After the discovery select the
required check boxes of third party ONVIF cameras.
2. Under Settings, select the Video Format from the drop-down list.
3. Under Set camera credentials, type the User Name and Password of the third party
ONVIF camera.
4. Click Save.
5. Click the Add Cameras button to add the camera.
Tip: After adding a third party ONVIF camera model using Auto Discovery, you can also
manually add a new third party ONVIF camera. Click the Manual Add button located at the
bottom of the Camera page and then select the model from the Camera Type drop-down list.

Adding ONVIF devices manually when Auto discovery is not supported

MAXPRO NVR v3.5 or later supports manual addition of ONVIF cameras and encoders with
the support of additional device types - ONVIF DEVICE (for cameras) and ONVIF ENCODER
DEVICE (for encoders).

To manually add ONVIF devices in MAXPRO NVR when Auto Discovery is not supported

150 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Configuring the Cameras

Note: Manual addition is recommended only when auto discovery is not supported in
case of camera/encoder streaming across subnets.

1. Click Manual Add. A new camera is added in the camera pane.

• From the Camera Type drop-down list, select the required ONVIF DEVICE (for
cameras) or ONVIF 1/4/8/16 CHANNEL ENCODER DEVICE (for encoders) option.
2. Type the Camera Name and IP Address.
3. Type the User Name and Password of the ONVIF device.
4. Under camera properties pane, configure the General and Primary Stream settings.

Note: For streaming to start, the (Resolution and FPS) in camera properties pane
should be set to match the values supported by the camera/encoder.

5. Click Save.

Discovering and Adding Multi-channel Encoders

An Encoder connects to an analog camera using a coaxial cable and converts analog video
streams to digital video streams, which can be sent over an IP network. Multistream or Dual
stream is not supported for encorders.

Each encoder varies based on the number of channels (cameras) supported. Please visit
URL: http://www.security.honeywell.com/hota/ for the most up to date list of encoders
supported by MAXPRO NVR.

MAXPRO NVR automatically discovers its supported encoders and displays them in the
Camera Discovered pane as shown in the Figure 6-17.

Figure 6-17 Encoder discovery

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 151

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Configuring the Cameras

The encoder is discovered as a single device in the Cameras Discovered pane, and “n”
number of cameras (where n is the number of channels supported by the encoder) are added
under Camera as shown in the following figure.

Note:
• For AXIS encoders, n+1 streams are typically added (might vary by models)
with 1 additional stream providing the matrix view of all cameras. This matrix
view added can be deleted if it is not required by the user.
To discover and configure the AXIS Camera/Encoders as an ONVIF device in
MAXPRO NVRs, see Appendix B MAXPRO®NVRs - AXIS Camera/Encoders
Discovery and Configuration (using ONVIF) section on page 341.
• For multi-channel encoders and multi-imager 180/360 cameras with single IP,
only one channel license is consumed. Maximum System limit is 64 cameras
including, the cameras connected through encoders and the
cameras/streams connected from the multi-imager is 180/360 cameras.
Multistream or Dual stream is not supported for encorders.

Figure 6-18 Adding the Encoder

Note: The Video Channel Number field can be modified, but it is recommended that
you do not change the information in this field.

152 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Configuring the Cameras

Adding FLIR Camera

The FLIR cameras are not discovered automatically in MAXRPRO NVR; hence you must add
these cameras manually. The IP address of the FLIR camera should include the port number
8081 (default ONVIF port used by camera). For example: xxx.xxx.xxx:8081.

To add FLIR Camera in MAXPRO NVR

1. In MAXPRO NVR, click the Configurator tab. The System page displays by default.
2. Click the Camera tab to open the Camera page.
3. Click Manual Add. A new camera is added under Camera list.
4. Type the required Camera Name.
5. Type the IP Address of the camera as shown in figure. The IP address should include the
Port number 8081. For example if the IP address is 111.221.0.333 then you should add
the port number (8081) as 111.222.0.333:8081.
6. Select the required FLIR Series model camera from the Camera Type drop-down list as
shown below (Figure 6-19) for example FLIR F-Series).

Figure 6-19 Adding FLIR Model Camera

7. Scroll right to manually type the User Name and Password. The default user name is
admin and password is admin.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 153

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Configuring the Cameras

8. Click Save. A new FLIR series camera is added as shown below (Figure 6-20).

Figure 6-20 Saving FLIR Camera

Adding RTSP Cameras/Encoders

Real Time Streaming Protocol (RTSP) is a control protocol for streaming video over the
Internet. It allows you to select the TCP or UDP based streaming modes depending upon what
the camera supports. For the camera type “Generic RTSP”, you must specify the following
RTSP setting.

Figure 6-21 RTSP Settings

• Type the RTSP URL. Click for help on RTSP URLs format that can be assigned
to different camera types.

154 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Configuring the Cameras

Note: The Help that opens lists only a few manufacturers. Most cameras are RTSP, and
all RTSP third party cameras can be configured. If the RTSP URL format for a
particular camera type is not listed in the Help, then the URL format can be
obtained from the camera manufacturer.

• Click Get Configuration to get the resolution and compression format for the
camera.
• For RTSP, all settings such as FPS must be configured on the camera web
page, and the default port 554 must be used.
• If “Get Configuration” fails, a message appears to choose the compression
and resolution. You must go to the Camera web page and set both of them,
and then configure the same settings in MAXPRO NVR.
9. Click Save.
Tip: If a particular camera is not discovered by the system, you can add it manually by clicking
Manual Add.

Configuring the Input and Output for an IP Camera

Most IP cameras have a monitor input and a control output that can be configured. For
example the input of the camera could be connected to a motion detector and the output of
the camera to a door opener. Once configured, movement detected at the door would trigger
the door to be opened. For electrical characteristics of the input and output refer to the
camera documentation.

In MAXPRO NVR, the inputs and outputs of a camera are configured by default in the
database while adding a camera if the integration supports it (Refer to compatibility list on
HOTA for the models with support for IO with MAXPRO NVR and the no of IOs supported by
each model). MAXPRO NVR has a specialized interface that lists the inputs and outputs
associated to the configured cameras.

To configure input and output

1. Click the Configurator tab. The System page (Figure 6-22) displays by default.
2. Click the I/O tab.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 155

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Configuring the Cameras

Figure 6-22 IO page

3. The Input(s) pane lists the inputs for the configured cameras. Select the appropriate
options in the fields as explained in the following table.

Field Description
Global Event ID Unique event ID

Name External input name.

Enable/Disable Enables or Disables the input.

Camera Displays the associated camera name.

State (CLOSED/OPEN) The default option is CLOSED.

Defines the normal (non-alarm or non-active) state of
the input. For example a normally closed input would
have its input terminal normally connected to common
or ground. To activate the normally closed input, the
input needs to be opened (connection to ground or
common removed). For example: A magnetic door
switch raises alarm if the contacts are open when the
door opens.
Record (No/Yes) The default option is No. If set to Yes recording will
starts when an input is activated.

Note Recording is based on the time you set under

System tab > Event recording settings. You
can specify the Pre-event time and Record For
time to record the video.
Trigger The default option is NONE. If a control output is
(NONE/ControlOutput) selected, then the selected output is activated when the
corresponding input activates.

Note A cameras input can only activate the same

cameras output.
Send Alarm Monitor The default option is No. If set to YES, video will pop up
(NO/YES) in the viewer when an input is activated. Ensure that
"Display Video on Alarm" check box is selected in the
MAXPRO NVR Log on dialog box.

4. The Output(s) pane lists the outputs for the configured cameras. Select the appropriate
options in the fields as explained in the following table. Or you can also access the Output
tab in Viewer screen.

Field Description
Output Number Control output number.

Name Control output name.

State The default option is OPEN.

(CLOSED/OPEN) Defines the normal (non-alarm or non-active) state of the output
relay contacts.

Camera Displays the associated camera name.

156 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Configuring the Cameras

Field Description
ON/OFF Manual control of the output. Click ON to close the relay
contacts. Click OFF to open the relay contacts.

5. In the Output(s) pane, select an output and then click On to turn on the relay manually or
Click Off to turn off the relay manually.
6. Click Save or click Reset to undo the changes.

To trigger the output from viewer screen:

1. Click the Viewer tab.
2. On the left pane, click Outputs tab, the list of camera outputs are displayed in Sites.
3. Right-click the required camera output and then set ON or OFF.

Configuring 360/180 Cameras

Configuring the Panomorph Settings for the Cameras with

Immervision Support

ImmerVision’s Panomorph lens enables 360 degree Field of View (FOV). This lens is
compatible with industry standard analog and IP cameras.

By using the Panomorph lens with your IP/ Analog camera, you can:
• View live, record and playback the complete 360x180 FOV.
• Eliminate blind spots in the FOV.
• Increase the video surveillance coverage.
• Detect, track and analyze throughout the entire area.
• Playback the recorded video with digital watermark for evidence purposes.

Caution: Only Immervision certified camera models can support this feature
enabled. Before configuring this feature, please check whether your
camera has the Panomorph lens.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 157

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Configuring the Cameras

To configure Panomorph settings

1. On the Camera page, for the required camera, click on the left corner to open the
camera properties pane see Figure 6-12.

Figure 6-23 Panomorph Settings

2. Under General > 360 Settings

• Select the Enable Panomorph check box to enable the Panomorph feature.
• Select the Mounting Position. You have three options to choose from: Wall, Ceiling,
and Ground.
• Select the Mode for the camera. The available modes are PTZ Mode, Quad Mode,
and Perimeter Mode. The default mode is PTZ Mode.
• Select the Lens ID for the camera. The supported lens ids in v3.5 or later are A0**V,
A0IFV, A0NKV, A1UST, A8TRT, B0QQV, B4QQV, B5SST, B6SST and B8QQT. By
default AO**V Lens ID is selected. For Sony 360 camera the A8TRT lens ID is
selected automatically.
3. Click Save.

Note:
• To view live video from Immervision certified cameras, Refer Video Viewing
Options from Immervision Enabled Cameras section in MAXPRO® NVR
Operator’s Guide .
• The recommended Aspect Ratio for Immervision Certified cameras is 4:3.

Configuring Oncam Grandeye Cameras

The integration of the unique 360-degree Oncam Grandeye H.264 IP cameras in MAXPRO
NVR enables video surveillance, acquisition and tracking that identifies suspicious behavior
enabling the interrogation and verification of a potential threat. This in-turn provides the
necessary intelligence needed to make a measured response to any critical situation.

158 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Configuring the Cameras

Grandeye’s customized security solutions are designed to address to meet all of today's
security and liability requirements.

MAXPRO NVR supports only Oncam Grandeye H.264 Evolution camera.

The Evolution series cameras support the following views, that help in effective video
surveillance of a site:
• Evolution - FishEye(OnCam-GE-Evo-Fisheye)
• Virtual Camera View
• Panorama 2x 180 views
• Panorama 1x 360 view
• Panorama 1x 180 view

Adding Oncam Grandeye Cameras

The Oncam Grandeye cameras are not discovered automatically in MAXRPRO NVR, hence
you must add these cameras manually.

Note: For Evolution cameras, please first set the active camera stream (resolution) on
the camera web page. Select the same settings as camera active stream in the
NVR-camera properties pane for video to be displayed.

To add Oncam Grandeye cameras

1. On the Camera page, click Manual Add.
2. Enter the following information:
• Camera Name
• IP address
• Camera Type
• User Name - Type the default user name, “admin”.
• Password - Type the default password, “admin”.
• Device Stream Number (Defaulted)
• Unique System Number
• Stream Count (Defaulted)

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 159

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Configuring the Cameras

3. Click to open the camera properties pane see Figure 6-24.:

Figure 6-24 Grandeye Dewarping Settings

4. Under General > 360 Settings

• Select the Enable Dewarping check box to enable the dewarping settings.

Note: For the streamers other than GrandEye, the Enable Panorama options are not
visible.

• Select the Mounting Position. The available options are Wall, Ceiling and Ground.
• Select the Modes. The available options are Virtual Camera View, Panorama 2x
180 views, Panorama 1x 360 view, and Panorama 1x 180 view. The Mounting
Position and Modes are only applicable to Evolution cameras.
5. Click Save.

Image Stream Combinations for Oncam Grandeye Cameras

Evolution camera works best when configured with a particular resolution and fps. See the
Image Stream Combinations for Oncam Grandeye Cameras section on page 327 in Appendix
B for the optimum resolution and fps configurations for each of the cameras.

Viewing Live Video from Oncam Grandeye Cameras

Refer Video Viewing Options from Oncam Grandeye Cameras section in MAXPRO® NVR
Operator’s Guide.

Device Characteristics of Oncam Grandeye Cameras

See Appendix B, Device Characteristics of Oncam Grandeye Cameras section on page 327.

160 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Configuring the Cameras

Adding Axis 360/180 Camera

To add Axis 360/180 camera

Note: v3.1 SP1 or later supports discovering and adding Axis 360/180 models. Earlier
these were supported through RTSP only in v3.1 or lower versions.

1. In MAXPRO NVR, click the Configurator tab. The System page displays by default.
2. Click the Camera tab to open the Camera page.
3. Click Auto Discovery button. The Auto Discovery screen is displayed and the discovery
starts by default.
• If discovery is stopped then click Start Discovery to discover the cameras in the
network. The cameras are added based on the IP range and Video Format settings.
See the Configuring the Auto Discovery Settings section on page 146 for more
information. Only device integrations with auto discovery support are discovered
automatically in the NVR. All other devices need to be added manually. For Axis
M3007-PV and M3027-PVE model cameras, ONVIF should be enabled on the
camera prior to discovery. see Appendix B, MAXPRO®NVRs - AXIS
Camera/Encoders Discovery and Configuration (using ONVIF) section on page 341.
4. After the discovery, to add the Axis 360/180 camera models, select the check boxes of
Axis 360/180 camera model as shown in Figure 6-25. Axis 360/180 cameras are listed in
the discovery pane with their model numbers for example Axis M3007 and so on.

Figure 6-25 Discovering AXIS 360 Camera

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 161

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Configuring the Cameras

5. Click Add Cameras. A message Do you want to add the remaining analog channels to
the system? is displayed at the bottom of the screen as shown in Figure 6-26.

Figure 6-26 Adding Remaining Axis Channels

6. Click Yes to add the remaining channels. The list of channels associated with the camera
is added in the Camera list as shown in Figure 6-27.

Figure 6-27 AXIS Channels

162 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Configuring the Cameras

Note: Depending on the mounting position, the Axis 360/180 camera (this does not
apply to AXIS multi-imager cameras) supports eight or less video streams with
one stream per channel added. Each channel added consumes 1 channel
license. For Encoders if you add 4 channels then it will consumes 1 channel
license.
By default, the Axis 360/180 camera adds eight channels under camera list
covering below views. Views which are not required for your specific application
can be deleted. To reclaim the used channel license, select the specific channel
in the list and then click Delete.
1. Overview: A non-dewarped 360° view
2. Panorama: One dewarped 180° panoramic view
3. Double Panorama: Two dewarped 180° panoramic views (Not available when
the camera is mounted on a wall)
4. Quad View: Four dewarped 90° views, one for each direction (Not available
when the camera is mounted on a wall)
5. View Area 1: A dewarped 90° view with PTZ (pan/tilt/zoom) functionality
6. View Area 2: A dewarped 90° view with PTZ (pan/tilt/zoom) functionality
7. View Area 3: A dewarped 90° view with PTZ (pan/tilt/zoom) functionality
8. View Area 4: A dewarped 90° view with PTZ (pan/tilt/zoom) functionality

Adding Arecont 360/180 Camera

To add Arecont 360/180 Camera in MAXPRO NVR

Note:
• v3.1 SP1 or later supports discovering and adding certain Arecont 360/180
model cameras. These were supported through RTSP only in v3.1 or lower
versions.
• For multi-channel encoders and multi-imager 180/360 cameras with single IP,
only one channel license is consumed. Maximum System limit is 64 cameras
including, the cameras connected through encoders and the
cameras/streams connected from the multi-imager is 180/360 cameras.

1. In MAXPRO NVR, click the Configurator tab. The System page displays by default.
2. Click the Camera tab to open the Camera page.
3. Click Auto Discovery button. The Auto Discovery screen is displayed and the discovery
starts by default. If discovery is stopped then click Start Discovery to discover the
cameras in the network. The cameras are added based on the IP range and Video Format
settings. See the Configuring the Auto Discovery Settings section on page 146 for more
information.
4. After the discovery, to add the Arecont 360/180 camera models, select the check boxes
corresponding to Arecont 360/180 camera models as shown in Figure 6-28.

Note: Arecont 360/180 cameras are listed in the discovery pane with their model
numbers for example AV8365DN-F8.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 163

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Configuring the Cameras

Figure 6-28 Adding Arecont 360 Model Camera

5. Click Add Camera. A message Do you want to add the remaining analog channels to
the system? is displayed at the bottom of the screen as shown in Figure 6-29

Figure 6-29 Adding Remaining Arecont channels

164 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Configuring the Cameras

6. Click Yes to add the remaining analog channels. The list of channels associated with the
Arecont 360 camera is added in the Camera list as shown below. By default the Arecont
360 camera adds four channels under camera list.

Figure 6-30 Arecont Channels

Configuring the New EquIP Model Camera for Dewarping

To dewarp the New EquIP model camera

1. Add the New EquIP Fisheye Model (HFD6GR1) camera.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 165

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Configuring the Cameras

2. On the Camera page, for the New EquIP Fisheye Model (HFD6GR1) camera, click on
the left corner to open the camera properties pane see Figure 6-12.

Figure 6-31 EquIP- Fisheye camera Settings

3. Under General > 360 Settings, select the Enable check box to enable the dewarping
feature.
4. Under General > 360 Settings
• Select the Mounting Position. You have three options to choose from: Wall, Ceiling,
and Ground. Based on the mounting position the views are displayed.
5. Click the Get Configuration button. The dewarping configuration takes a while to
download the dewarping configuration. A message Successfully downloaded
configuration is displayed in the bottom of the camera screen.

Note: For each Mounting Position, you need to click Get Configuration button to
download the corresponding configuration.

166 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Configuring the Cameras

Figure 6-32 Dewarping Success Message

6. After successful download of configuration, click Save.

7. Under General > 360 Settings
• Select the Mounting Position. You have three options to choose from: Wall,
Ceiling, and Ground. Based on the mounting position the views are displayed.
• Select the Mode for the camera. The available modes are FishEye Mode, Quad
Mode, and Perimeter Mode. The default mode is FishEye Mode.

Note: Based on the Mounting Position the modes/views are displayed.

• Lens ID for the camera is disabled.

8. Click Save to complete the configuration.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 167

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Configuring the Cameras

9. In Viewer, drag and drop the EquIP Fisheye Model (HFD6GR1) camera and then right-
click to view the Dewarping options as shown below. For various Dewarped views refer to
the MAXPRO® NVR Operator’s Guide.

Figure 6-33 Dewarped Views List

168 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Configuring the Cameras

Managing Analog Cameras

MAXPRO NVR Hybrid now supports Analog Capture card through which you can connect up
to 16 analog cameras. Refer to MAXPRO NVR Hybrid Connections section on page 62 that
depict the MAXPRO NVR Hybrid SE, XE and PE box with analog capture card.

Adding/Deleting Analog Cameras

1. Connect the required number of cameras manually to analog capture card. The
maximum number of analog cameras can be connected is 16.
2. Click the Configurator tab. The System page displays by default.
3. Click the Camera tab to open the Camera page. All analog cameras that are pre-
configured in the factory image appear in the Camera page when you first open it.

Figure 6-34 Adding or Deleting Analog Camera

4. Click Manual Add. A new camera is added in the camera pane.

• Under Camera Type - Displays the type of camera. Select the Analog Capture Card
option to add analog cameras.

To delete Analog Camera

1. Select the required analog camera channel check box.
2. Click Delete. A confirmation message appears “Do you really want to delete camera(s)”
3. Click Yes to delete.

Configuring Analog Cameras

Pre-requisite to configure analog cameras: Ensure that you connect the required number of
cameras manually to the analog capture card and then perform the below steps.

To configure analog cameras

1. Click the Configurator tab. The System page displays by default.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 169

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Configuring the Cameras

2. Click the Camera tab to open the Camera page.

Figure 6-35 Camera page

Note: All analog cameras that are pre-configured in the factory image appear in the
Camera page when you first open it.

3. Under the Camera pane, select a camera to change the default parameters for the
following settings.
• Enable/Disable - Enables or disables a camera for recording and live video. By
default the check box corresponding to a camera to enable live video preview is
selected. To disable live video preview, clear the check box corresponding to a
camera. The live video appears under Video Preview at the bottom right corner of
the Camera page.
• Number - Displays the camera number. You cannot modify the camera number.

170 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Configuring the Cameras

Note: Analog channels must have Number field value of 1 to 32, please add and
configure all the analog channels required before adding other devices.

• Camera Name - Displays the camera name. You can type a new camera name
limited to a maximum of 50 alphanumeric characters.
• IP Address - This is -.- by default for analog cameras. You can provide any valid IP if
required.
• Camera Type - Displays the type of camera. Select the Analog Capture Card option
to add analog cameras.
• User Name: Displays the default user name, “Admin” for the camera. You can type a
new user name for the camera as applicable. Change this only if the user has been
changed on the camera.
• Password: Displays the password, if any, for the camera. You can type a new
password for the camera as applicable. Change this only if the password has been
changed on the camera.
• Device Stream No: Displays the channel ID. You cannot modify this field.
• Unique System No: Display the unique camera ID. You can modify and assign a
new number as applicable.
• Stream Count: Displays the number of streams associated with the camera. Analog
cameras does not support additional streams. By default it displays 1.
Tip: Based on the Analog Capture Card model, system will prompt a message to add all
supported channels by default. Click Yes to add all supported channels or No to add only 1
channel.

4. For the required camera, click on the left corner to open the camera properties pane
see Figure 6-12.

Figure 6-36 Camera properties pane

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 171

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Configuring the Cameras

Note: The camera properties pane is disabled when there are no cameras available in
the system.

5. Under General > PTZ > PTZ Settings

• Device Type - Select whether the camera is a PTZ or Fixed. By default, ACUIX
cameras are PTZ enabled. See Advanced PTZ Settings
• PTZ Sensitivity - Select the PTZ Sensitivity for PTZ camera. Available PTZ options
are: Minimum, Low, Normal, High and Maximum.

Note: The PTZ Sensitivity field is not available for fixed cameras.

6. Under Primary Stream > Recording > Video Quality Settings

• Resolution - The Resolution is defaulted to a fixed value based on the camera
model (for example, HD3MDIP model defaults to 1280 x 720 resolution).
• Frame Rate - Select the FPS for a camera. FPS refers to the number of pictures
displayed in exactly one second. FPS is a measure of how much information is used
to store and display motion video. The term applies to digital video. Each frame is a
still image; displaying frames in quick succession creates the illusion of motion.

Note: 30 FPS is the maximum frame rate in NTSC format and 25 FPS is the maximum
frame rate in PAL format supported by MAXPRO NVR.

• Video Codec Type - Select the Codec type for the camera.
• Compression Level - The Compression Level is defaulted to “Medium”. You can
select a new Compression ratio as applicable.
• GOP - The GOP value is proportional to Frame Rate value. If you set the Frame Rate
value as 15 then the GOP value is updated to 15. You can also type a new GOP as
applicable.
Group of Pictures (GOP) are individual frames (number of pictures) that are grouped
together and played back for viewing. A GOP consists of “IFrame” picture type that
represents a fixed image independent of other picture types. Each GOP begins with
this type of picture.

Note: It is recommended to maintain the same GOP value as Frame Rate value.

• Video Format - Select the Video Format (NTSC or PAL). The NTSC and PAL are the
widely used video formats.
• Streaming Mode - The Streaming Mode is defaulted to UDP. You can select TCP
streaming mode as applicable. The Streaming Mode is supported only for AXIS and
ONVIF Cameras.
• Continuous - Select the FPS for Continuous recording.
• Event - Select the FPS for Event based recording.

172 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Configuring the Cameras

7. Click Video Display Settings. The Color Correction dialog box appears Figure 6-37.

Note: The Video Display Settings feature is available only on the desktop local client
on the NVR Hybrid Server machine.

Figure 6-37 Color Correction dialog box

8. Under Video Display Settings

• Move the slider right or left to increase or decrease the Brightness, Contrast, Hue,
Saturation U and Saturation V.
Or
Type the required value in the respective boxes to adjust the video display settings.
Or
Click Default to set the default values.
9. Click Save to save the display settings.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 173

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Configuring the Cameras

10. Under Primary Stream > Schedules

• Recording Settings:
• Continuous Recording - All cameras added are defaulted to “24/7” recording.
You can choose a different option from the drop-down list.
• Event Based Recording - This is “None” by default. Select an option from the
drop-down if you want to do motion based recording.
• Recording Deletion Settings:
• Select the Event Recording clip deletion duration.
• Select the Continuous Recording clip deletion duration.
• Archive Recording Older Than:
• Continuous - This is “None” by default. Select an option from the
drop-down if you want to archive the continuous recording.
• Event - This is “None” by default. Select an option from the
drop-down if you want to archive the event recording.
• Delete Archived Recording After:
• Continuous Recording - This is “365 Days” by default. Select the number of
days from the drop-down after which the archived continuous recording can be
deleted.
• Event Recording - This is “365 Days” by default. Select the number of days
from the drop-down after which the archived event recording can be deleted.
11. Under Primary Stream > Preferences > Stream Preferences Settings. See step 5 for
more information.
12. Click Save.

PTZ Settings for Analog Camera

MAXPRO NVR now supports the advanced PTZ settings for an analog PTZ camera.

Note: Advanced PTZ settings are available only for analog PTZ cameras.

To set the PTZ settings

1. Select the required analog PTZ camera from the camera pane.

174 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Configuring the Cameras

2. Click on the left corner to open the camera properties pane see Figure 6-12.

Figure 6-38 Camera properties pane

3. Under General > PTZ > PTZ Settings

• Device Type - Select the camera as a PTZ camera. The PTZ settings are displayed.
• Select the PTZ Protocol. Available PTZ Protocol options are VCL, Pelco P, Pelco D,
Maxpro, GE Kalatel.

Note: Vicon protocol is not supported in this release.

• Select the required Baud Rate. Available Baud Rates options are 110, 300,600,
1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 14400, 19200, 38400, 56000, 57600, 115200, 128000,
256000.
• Select the Parity. Available Parity options are ODD and EVEN
• Type the Hardware ID, if the analog camera type is a PTZ camera. The hardware ID
is based on the PTZ Protocol.
• Select the PTZ Sensitivity for a PTZ camera. Available PTZ options are: Low,
Normal, High and Maximum.
• Select the COM Port name. Available COM Port names options are COM 1 and
NONE For Hybrid PE, COM Port names are COM1, COM2, COM3, COM4 and
NONE. Select COM 4 for analog PTZ control.
• Select the Stop Bits. Available stop bits options are 1 and 2.
• Select the Data Bits. Available data bits options are 7 and 8.
4. Click Save.

Configuring the Input and Output for an Analog Camera

The input and output hardware configuration for an analog camera in MAXPRO NVR Hybrid is
configured by default and when you add an analog camera, then by default the camera is
MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 175
 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Configuring the Cameras

mapped to their respective input and output ports. The first input/output port is mapped to the
first camera, similarly the second camera is mapped to the second input/output port of the box
and so on. The input output combinations cannot be mapped to any other analog or IP
camera other than the default configuration.

The below figures depicts the typical input and output ports (Highlighted in Red) and RS-485
connectors for MAXPRO NVR Hybrid XE, SE and PE Box. The SENSOR is the input port and
CONTROL is the output port for both Hybrid XE Figure 6-39 and SE Box Figure 6-40. The
detailed input and output ports for NVR Hybrid PE box is shown in Figure 6-42.

176 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Configuring the Cameras

Figure 6-39 Input and Output Ports For MAXPRO NVR Hybrid XE

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 177

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Configuring the Cameras

Figure 6-40 Input and Output Ports For MAXPRO NVR Hybrid SE

178 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Configuring the Cameras

Figure 6-41 MAXPRO NVR Hybrid PE Rear View

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 179

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Configuring the Cameras

Figure 6-42 Input and Output Ports For MAXPRO NVR Hybrid PE

Spot Monitoring

The Spot Monitoring feature allows you to view the live video of analog cameras from the box.
You need to connect a physical monitor to the RCA port on Hybrid boxes to view the live
video.

180 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Configuring the Cameras

Server VMD (SMART VMD)

Video Motion Detection (VMD) is a built-in intelligent feature that enables you to configure
motion detection for the live video streamed by MAXPRO NVR using its connected cameras.
Configuring motion detection involves defining one or more Region of Interest (ROI) in the
field of view. Regions are drawn in the field of view to specify where the motion should be
detected or excluded.

The Server VMD running on the MAXPRO NVR provides superior performance comparing to
regular VMD, due to its capability to differentiate real object motion from:
• Image or camera noises
• Irrelevant motion due to weather (example: rain, snow)
• Lighting changes

Few cameras have built-in VMD capabilities. There is a provision included in the MAXPRO
NVR user interface to manually configure VMD (known as Server-based VMD) for the cameras
that do not have the VMD feature built-in them.

Caution: At a time, a camera can be configured only with built-in (camera based
VMD) or the Server VMD (SMART VMD). If both are enabled then only
SMART VMD alarms will be displayed to user and built-in (camera based
VMD) alarms will be ignored.

SMART VMD-Technology Overview

SMART VMD uses the same detection module as full analytics.

SAMRT VMD Traditional VMD (Cameras and

Head-ends)
• Object based- triggers alarms • Pixel based - compares image pixels,
based on moving objects. detects changes with a single threshold.
• Ignores changes in lighting, video • Does not adapt to changing environment.
noise, and rain. • Susceptible to nuisance alarms from
• Ignores other false alarm triggers illumination changes, rain, moving trees.
that affect pixel-based VMD.
• Processing at lower frame rate,
simple object validation: low CPU
requirements.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 181

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Configuring the Cameras

Detection of Relevant Motion

• Statistical modeling to maintain high detection sensitivity, while filtering out non-
salient motion.
• Significant improvement over standard video motion detection.

Hig h sensitivity –
detected a car in deep
shadow.

Nuisance noise and

non-salient
movement ignored.

Figure 6-43 Detection of relevant motion

To configure SMART VMD

Note: Before enabling Server VMD for a camera configured to stream H.264 or MPEG4
video, please ensure that the GOP size is set to be smaller or equal to the stream
frame rate. For objects that do not persist in the region till the stream contains at
least 1 iFrame, SMART VMD ignores as noise to reduce false alarms. Example:
Insect flying in front of a camera. It is recommended that you configure large
enough regions to capture relevant motion in the area of interest. Server VMD is
not supported on 360 camera (fisheye or panomorph) views.

1. Select the Enable SMART VMD check box.

2. Click Configure. The SMART VMD Configuration dialog box appears (see Figure 6-44).
3. Click Include Region and a new include region (in green) appears. On the field of view,
click and drag the corners of the rectangle to position and resize the region where you
want the motion to be detected. Repeat the operation to include more regions.
4. Click Exclude Region and a new exclude region (in red) appears. On the field of view,
click and drag the corners of the rectangle to position and resize the region where you do
not want motion to be detected. Repeat the operation to exclude more regions.
5. To delete a region, select the region from the Configured Regions drop-down list, then
click Delete Region.

182 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Configuring the Cameras

Figure 6-44 SMART VMD Configuration

Note:
• You can draw a maximum of 10 ROIs (includes Include and Exclude
regions).
• Include regions are shown as green rectangles and Exclude regions are
shown in red rectangles in the field of view.
• Each region is assigned a unique identifier number for easy identification.
• The Exclude region overwrites the Include region. No motion is detected in
the area that is inside any of the exclusion regions.

6. Under Alarm Settings

• Type the Hold Time (sec). This indicates the hold time for the motion video after the
detected motion stops. When motion is detected and motion video has started being
recorded, if motion stops briefly and then resumes within Hold Time (sec), no
“Motion stopped” event is generated. This brief gap in detected motion is ignored
and motion triggered recording continues without interruption. On the other hand, if
motion stops and no new motion is detected within Hold Time (sec), then the
“Motion stopped” event is reported. Motion triggered recording is then stopped after
additional Post-Alarm duration. The Hold Time range is 0 to 30 seconds.
• The Object Size Threshold (the minimum object size required to trigger an alarm) is
displayed as a yellow rectangle in the field of view. Click and drag the corners of the
rectangle to resize the minimum object size for motion detection.

Note: The Object Size Threshold is a universal threshold across the entire image. By
default, the Object Size Threshold is set to the smallest size, and therefore even
very small motions trigger an alarm. This may not be appropriate for all sites and
cameras, and the yellow rectangle size should be adjusted if the default size is
not adequate.

Tip: Click the Refresh Image button to refresh the video.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 183

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Configuring the Schedules

7. Click Save to save the changes or click Cancel to abort the changes.

Updating the Cameras

You can modify the settings of a camera to change the camera name, IP address, camera
type, fixed/PTZ, advanced camera settings, and so on. You can update the camera settings
only if you have admin rights.

To update a camera
1. Click the Configurator tab. The System page displays by default.
2. Click the Camera tab to navigate to the Camera page. The list of cameras configured are
displayed.
3. Select the row corresponding to the camera you want to modify.
4. Change the settings such as camera name, IP address, and so on.
5. Click Save.

Deleting the Cameras

1. Click the Configurator tab. The System page displays by default.
2. Click the Camera tab to navigate to the Camera page.
3. Select the check box corresponding to the camera you want to delete.
4. Click Delete. A confirmation message appears at the bottom of the display area.
5. Click Yes. The selected camera is deleted.

Configuring the Schedules

A schedule defines the date and times when continuous recording and video analytics
(motion detection) functions are enabled for a camera. You can create schedules for
camera(s) to record video at recurring intervals for continuous recording or event based
recording (for example, motion event). There are four default schedules: 24 x 7, Weekday,
DayTime, NightTime.

Creating a Schedule
You can create schedules for the camera to record video at recurring intervals.
1. Click the Configurator tab. The System page displays by default.

184 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Configuring the Schedules

2. Click the Schedule tab to navigate to the Schedule page. By default MAXPRO NVR
supports the following 4 default schedules: 24 x 7, Weekday, DayTime, and NightTime
(see Figure 6-45).

Figure 6-45 Schedule page

Note: You cannot modify/delete any of the default schedules.

3. Click Add to create a new schedule.

4. Configure the schedule details as listed in the following table.

Type Setting
Schedule The schedule name appears by default. You can type a new
Name schedule name as applicable.
Schedule Type the schedule description.
Description

Schedule settings
Select row Select the day of the week.

From Select the from date.

To Select the to date.

Select Click Select. The schedule details entered appear under Scheduler
Settings.

Clear Click Clear to clear the information entered.

5. Click Save or click Reset to undo the changes. You can create a maximum of 50
schedules in MAXPRO NVR.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 185

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Configuring the Sequences

Deleting a Schedule
You can delete a schedule for the camera when you do not want to record video at recurring
intervals.
1. Click the Configurator tab. The System page displays by default.
2. Click the Schedule tab to navigate to the Schedule page.
3. Under Schedules, select the schedule you want to delete from the list. The schedule’s
details appear.
4. Click Delete, and then click Yes in response to the confirmation message.

Configuring the Sequences

A sequence is a set of live video streamed one after the other from cameras for a specified
time interval. You can select the cameras or presets to be included in a sequence and also
specify the time interval for which the video from each camera or preset must be displayed.
Presets must be defined for the cameras before including them in the sequence.

Creating a Sequence
You can create a sequence to display video that is captured from different cameras connected
to MAXPRO NVR. You can add a maximum of 50 sequences in MAXPRO NVR.

To create a sequence
1. Click the Configurator tab. The System page displays by default.
2. Click the Sequence tab to navigate to the Sequence page.

Figure 6-46 Sequence page

3. Click Add.

186 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Configuring the Sequences

4. Under Details
• The Sequence Name appears by default. You can type a new Sequence Name as
applicable. The Sequence Name is limited to a maximum of 18 alphanumeric
characters.
• The Hold Time (Sec) box appears by default. You can type or select a new Hold
Time (Sec) for the camera to display video before advancing to the next camera.
5. Under Sequence camera Association
• Select the check box corresponding to the camera that must be included in the
sequence under the Available List, and then click >. The selected camera appears
under the Associated List.
• Click >> to move all the cameras to the Associated List.
• Select the check boxes corresponding to the camera that you do not want to include
in the sequence under the Associated List and then click <. The selected camera
appears under the Available List.
• Click << to move all the cameras to the Available List.
• To include presets in the sequence, select the preset number from the drop-down list
under the Preset column next to a camera. The video from each camera in the list is
displayed sequentially.

Note: The drop-down list is not visible in the Preset column for a fixed camera.

6. Click Save.

Rearranging the Cameras In the Sequence

You can rearrange the cameras and presets in the sequence. When you rearrange them, the
sequence of live video streaming from each of the cameras is altered based on the
rearrangement.

To rearrange the cameras

1. Select the check box corresponding to the camera you want to rearrange inside the
sequence.
2. Click Up to move the camera one row up, or click Down to move the camera one row
down.
3. Click Save.

Removing Presets from a Sequence

You can remove a preset when you do not want it to be associated with a sequence.

To remove presets from a camera

1. In the Preset column, do not select any preset from the drop-down list.
2. Click Save.

Updating a Sequence
Updating a sequence allows you to change the sequence of video display from cameras.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 187

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Performing User Administration

To update a sequence
1. Click the Configurator tab. The System page displays by default.
2. Click the Sequence tab to navigate to the Sequence page.
3. Select the check box corresponding to the sequence you want to update.
4. You can change the sequence name, dwell time and sequence of the cameras.
5. Click Save.

Deleting a Sequence
1. Click the Configurator tab. The System page displays by default.
2. Click the Sequence tab to navigate to the Sequence page.
3. Select the check box corresponding to the sequence you want to delete.
4. Click Delete. A confirmation message appears on the top of the display area.
5. Click Yes.

Performing User Administration

A user in MAXPRO NVR is responsible for performing various operations like viewing video,
reporting alarms, and other video surveillance tasks. You can create two types of users in
MAXPRO NVR: System Local User and Windows User.

Caution: Logon as Administrator only when an administrative activity need to be

performed, Operator is preferred for all other activity.

System Local User

A System local user can access only MAXPRO NVR Client. This user may not have access to a
client workstation.

Windows User

A Windows user can access a client workstation and also MAXPRO NVR Client.

Users and Roles

Roles are provided to a user. These roles comprise a set of privileges. When a user is
associated to a role, the privileges that are available for the role are also assigned to the user.

The various roles available in MAXPRO NVR are as follows:

• NVR Administrator
• Operator
• Supervisor
• Internet Operator
• Live View Operator
For MAXPRO NVR Software-Only Solution

188 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Performing User Administration

The first time MAXPRO NVR is installed, two default users are created.
• admin/trinity - Non-Windows user. Honeywell recommends to create a new NVR
user (See Adding a User ) in the Configurator tab and use the same to logon.
• Installed user - Windows user. You enter the credentials for this user while installing
the MAXPRO NVR software.
For MAXPRO NVR Turnkey (XE,SE,PE) Solution
There are 3 default users created for NVR turnkey units shipped with v4.0 or later version.
• admin/trinity - Non-Windows user. Honeywell recommends to create a new NVR
user (See Adding a User ) in the Configurator tab and use the same to logon.
• NVR-Admin/Password$123- Windows user.
• NVRServiceUser - Windows non-interactive user used for NVR Services.

Note: For a Windows user, Honeywell recommends to disable the default

Administrator User account and create a new Administrator User account. See
Securing MAXPRO NVR section on page 299 for more information. Logon as
Administrator only when an administrative activity need to be performed,
Operator is preferred for all other activity.

The following table lists the various user roles and the privileges applicable to the role.

Viewer Configurator Search Report

NVR Administrator X X X X

Operator X - - -

Supervisor X - X X

Internet Operator X - - -

Live View Operator X - - -

Legend
• “X” indicates that the user’s role has access to the privilege.
• “-” indicates that the user’s role does not have access to the privilege.

Note:
• The Internet Operator role is optimized for remote monitoring at lower
bandwidths (minimum bandwidth requirements still apply to be able to
stream required video data)
• The Live View Operator role can only access live video, and does not have
access to playback operations.

When you install MAXPRO NVR for the first time, a default user named “admin” is created. The
admin user is assigned the role “NVRAdministrator”. Only the user having “NVRAdministrator”

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 189

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Performing User Administration

privilege can add new users, assign roles to the added users, add or modify the privileges to
the users, and perform various configurations in MAXPRO NVR.

Adding a User
You can add a user by providing a unique user name and a password. Only the “NVR
Administrator role” user can add a new user in MAXPRO NVR. You can add up to 1024 users
in MAXPRO NVR. After you add a new user, you can assign a role to it.

To add a user
1. Click the Configurator tab. The System page displays by default.
2. Click the User tab to navigate to the User page Figure 6-47.

Figure 6-47 User page

3. Click Add. A new row is created with a default set of values for the user.
4. Under the User Name column, the default user name is displayed. You can type a new
user name as applicable.
5. Under the Domain column, type the Windows domain name if the user is a Window's user
and is part of a Window's domain network.
6. Under the User Description column, type a description for the user.
7. Under the Role column, select the role you want to assign to the user from the drop-down
list.
8. Under the Password column, type the user's password.

Note: Minimum length of the password is 6 characters. While adding a User, if the
password of other users added before 3.1 release is less than 6 characters then
an error message is displayed and all passwords need to be updated to meet the
minimum requirement.

9. Under the IsWindowsUser column, select the check box if the user is a Window's user. if
IS Windows user check box is selected then the Password Never Expire check box is
disabled and it cannot be cleared. This ensures that for a Windows user the password will
never expiries.

190 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Performing User Administration

10. Under the Email Address column, type the user's email address.
11. Under Password Never Expires, select the check box to ensure that the user password
never expires.

Note: If IS Windows user check box is selected then the Password Never Expire check
box is disabled and it cannot be cleared. This ensures that for a Windows user
the password will never expiries.

12. Under Anonymization, select the check to anonymize the live video for the specific user.
See Privacy Protection Settings (GDPR Favored) for complete information on
Anonymization feature.
13. Click the Camera Association tab to associate cameras to the user.
• To associate one camera at a time, under the Available List, select a camera and
then click >. The selected camera appears under the Associated List.
• Click >> to associate all cameras to the Associated List.
• To remove an associated camera, under the Associated List, select a camera and
then click <. The selected camera appears under the Available List.
• Click << to disassociate all the cameras to the Available List.
14. Click the Recorder Event Association tab to associate recorder events to the user.
• To associate one particular event, under the Available List, select the check box
corresponding to the event and then click >. The select recorder event appears
under the Associated List.
• Click >> to associate all events to the Associated List.
• To remove an event, under the Associated List, select a check box corresponding
to the event and then click <. The selected event appears under the Available List.
• Click << to disassociate all the events to the Available List.
15. Click the Input Event Association tab to associate input events to the user.
• To associate one particular input event, under the Available List, select the check
box corresponding to the input event and then click >. The selected input event
appears under the Associated List.
• Click >> to associate all the input events to the Associated List.
• To remove an input event, under the Associated List, select a check box
corresponding to the input event and then click <. The selected input event appears
under the Available List.
• Click << to disassociate all the input events to the Available List.
16. Click the Camera Event Association tab to associate camera events to the user.
• To associate one particular event, under the Available List, select the check box
corresponding to the event and then click >. The select camera event appears under
the Associated List.
• Click >> to associate all the camera events to the Associated List.
• To remove an event, under Associated List, select a check box corresponding to
the event and then click <. The selected camera event appears under the Available
List.
• Click << to disassociate all the camera events to the Available List.
17. Click Save to save the information.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 191

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Performing User Administration

Note: You can add a maximum of 1024 users in MAXPRO NVR.

Updating a User
You can modify the settings of a user to change the user ID, password, role, description,
IsWindowsUser flag, and email address. You can update user settings only if you have admin
rights.

Note: Minimum length of the password is 6 characters. While adding a User, if the
password of other users added before 3.1 release is less than 6 characters then
an error message is displayed and all passwords need to be updated to meet the
minimum requirement.

To update a user
1. Click the Configurator tab. The System page displays by default.
2. Click the User tab to navigate to the User page.
3. Select the check box corresponding to the user you want to modify.
4. Change the settings such as user name, user description, and so on.
5. Click Save.

Deleting a User
You can remove a user from MAXPRO NVR. When you delete a user, all the associations made
to the user are also removed.

To delete a user
1. Click the Configurator tab. The System page displays by default.
2. Click the User tab to navigate to the User page.
3. Select the check box corresponding to the user you want to delete.
4. Click Delete. A confirmation message appears at the bottom of the display area.
5. Click Yes.

Recommended stream Settings

To view the video streaming in NVR you must configure the primary stream for recording and
secondary stream for live video streaming in both Camera tab and Web Page. If the
configuration in NVR camera tab and specific Camera web page is different then the video is
not displayed.

To configure the Primary and secondary stream settings:

1. In NVR Camera tab, set the Primary Stream for recording that is for high resolution.
2. Set the Secondary stream for Live video streaming that is low resolution.

192 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Performing User Administration

Note: Set the Primary stream for recording which is 720p resolution and secondary
stream for Live which is 4CIF.

3. Launch the specific camera web page and then ensure that the same camera parameters
are set in web page.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 193

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Recommendation to use Low bandwidth stream option

Recommendation to use Low bandwidt h

stream option

Before enabling the Use Low resolution stream option in MAXPRO VMS you need to perform
the following:
1. In MAXPRO NVR Camera tab > Primary/Secondary Stream > Preference, select the
Secondary stream from the Low resolution drop down.

Note: Set the Primary stream for recording which is 720p resolution and secondary
stream for Live which is 4CIF.

2. In MAXPRO VMS > Preferences > Advanced Tab > Low Bandwidth Stream Settings,
select the Use Low Resolution Stream check box.

The below table explains the parameter that you can set for Primary and Secondary Streams.

Primary /Main Stream Secondary /Sub Stream

Codec Format H.264B H.264B

Resolution 720 P VGA

(1280 x 720) (640x480)
FPS 12 5

Bit Rate Type CBR CBR

Bit Rate 640 - 720 192

194 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Automatic Retry for Backfilled Clips

Automatic Retry for Backfilled Clips

Perform the steps in the order as mentioned below:

1. Upgrade MAXPRO NVR
2. Configure the Automatic Retry parameter values

Upgrade MAXPRO NVR

MAXPRO NVR 4.9 Build 204: Upgrade is supported from MAXPRO NVR v4.0 Build 87 Rev
H, v4.0 Build 97 Rev B, V4.1 Build 123 Rev B, v4.5 Build 162, MAXPRO NVR v4.7 Build 188 to
MAXPRO NVR 4.9 Build 204. This update applies to the MAXPRO Family - Turnkey NVR and
NVR Hybrid solutions (XE, SE, PE) and Software only.

Note: For unsupported lower versions, first upgrade to 4.0 87 Rev H and then apply the
NVR v4.9 Build 204 patch.

1. Install the MAXPRO NVR 4.9 Build 204.

2. Navigate to C:\Program Files (x86)\Honeywell\MaxproNVR\TrinityFramework\bin\
and then access the TrinityBackfillService.exe.config file.
3. In the config file, locate Inside app setting section.
4. Change the value = 1 for <add key="StreamOverTCP" value="0"/> parameter.

Caution: If user fails to change the XML value from UDP to TCP then it will cause
multiple clips synchronization failure.

Configure the Automatic Retry parameter values

To configure the Retry parameter details
1. Navigate to C:\Program Files (x86)\Honeywell\MaxproNVR\TrinityFramework\bin\
and then access the TrinityBackfillService.exe.config file.
2. In the config file, locate Inside app setting section and its values as shown below.
• <add key="DownloadRetryCount" value="0"/>
• <add key="FailClip_RetryInterval" value="06:00"/>
• <add key="FailClip_RetryCount" value="3"/>
• <add key="FailClip_ConfigRefreshInterval" value="1"/>
• <add key="FailClip_StartTimeOnServiceStart" value="00:00"/>
• <add key="NoOfFailedClipsPerBatch" value="10" />
• <add key="ClipDownloadTimeoutMultiplier" value="1.5" />

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 195

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Automatic Retry for Backfilled Clips

3. Change the values as mentioned in the below table. The values shown below are default
values and user can change based on there requirement.

Parameter Value to change Description

"DownloadRetryCount" value="0" Immediate number of consecutive retries for a failed clips.

"FailClip_RetryInterval" value="06:00" Number of Schedule retries the pooling interval. The default value
is set to 6 hours. For every 6 hours once MAXPRO NVR will retry to
download the failed clips

"FailClip_RetryCount" value="3" Number of Schedule retries for automatic retry. The default value is
set to 3. For example if the clip is failed, the first retry is attempted
after 6 hours consecutively for 3 times.

"FailClip_ConfigRefreshInterval" value="1" This key helps user to set the configuration change refreshing
interval for above auto retry changes. For example: FailClip_Retry-
Interval value change will be activated after ConfigRefreshInterval
time reaches without service restart. The default value is set to 1
second.

"FailClip_StartTimeOnServiceStart" This key will decide from when the Fail Retry should start after
value="00:00" starting the service. This is the reference point to FailClip_RetryIn-
terval" value. Retry operation triggers after StartTimeOnService-
Start value.

"NoOfFailedClipsPerBatch" value="10" Number of clips to retry with a given camera before attempting the
retry on another cameras. Once all the cameras are done with
retry then the control comes back to the first camera and fetches
the number of clips mentioned for retry.

"ClipDownloadTimeoutMultiplier" A Multiplier factor to the Maximum Time (actual Clip playback

value="1.5" duration or 10min, whichever is higher) until that the backfill ser-
vice waits to Timeout for downloading a clip.

4. Click Close to close the config file.

196 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Enable Recording During On Demand Streaming

Enable Recording During On Demand

Streaming

This feature helps user to enable recording during on demand video streaming. Earlier only
live video was supported.

For Event Based recording with ON demand streaming, Continuous Recording Schedule
option should be selected as None and Event based recording should be configured as 24/7
with condition that there will not be pre event recording only post event recording exists.

Note: To set event based On Demand streaming recording, Continuous Recording

Schedule option should be selected as None and Event based recording should
be configured as 24/7, However, there will not be pre event recording only post
event recording exists.

User should associate alarms to the required camera(s), prior enabling On

Demand stream option.

1. Log on to MAXPRO NVR.

2. Navigate to Configurator > System tab.
3. Select Enable On Demand Stream check box as highlighted below.

Figure 6-48 Enable On Demand

4. Click Save. A message id displayed as shown below.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 197

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Enable Recording During On Demand Streaming

Note: If you enable On Demand Stream feature in Systems tab then it will be enabled
for all the camera in NVR. If you want to disable On Demand Stream feature for
the required camera then go to required camera settings > Preferences tab and
then clear the On Demand Stream check box as shown below. Click Save once
done.

198 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Privacy Protection Settings (GDPR Favored)

Privacy Protection Settings (GDPR

Favored)

Anonymization
Anonymization feature is to help the business owner to meet the EU GDPR compliance
standards easily. The objective of this feature is to hide the identifiable personal data or
personal identity in a video surveillance system using masking techniques. You can even
configure the masking type based on the scene environment. This feature is specific to
European union region and valid license is required to enable this feature. Only an
Administrator can use this feature and grant access in User tab. EquIP Series cameras are
supported for this feature. To mask the identifiable objects based on the scene environment,
see How to Anonymize objects based on Environment section on page 207 for more
information.

The following Camera association and type of masking is supported:

• Blur
• Pixelize

Four Eye Authentication

This feature is also part of Privacy Protection setting and to meet the EU GDPR compliance
standards easily. This feature is to restrict all users in a surveillance system to perform
Playback operation. While performing playback operation at least two people from different
roles should authenticate. For an Administrator, user authentication is not required and can do
any playback operation.

For an operator user, a popup is displayed and an Administrator user or any other User with
different role needs to authenticate to perform playback operation. By default this option is not
selected. User need to obtain valid license to enable this feature.

The following table explains the Four eye authentication based on the user and roles:

User Authenticating User Valid

Authentication
Operator Administrator Or any other user Yes
with different role
Operator Operator No
Operator Operator 2 Yes

Clip Export Option

Clip export with Anonymization is supported: Anonymization feature is supported in both

Playback and Clip Export operation. Refer MAXPRO® NVR Operator’s Guide on how to
export a clip.

Note: If a user exports a Anonymized clip then only WMV format is supported.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 199

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Privacy Protection Settings (GDPR Favored)

Licensing
Both Anonymization and Four Eye Authentication (GDPR Favored) features are license based.
Contact Honeywell Tech support, see the back cover for contact information.

Once the license is enabled the entries for both the features are displayed in License
Management Console > Privileges screen as shown below.

Figure 6-49 License Privacy protection Settings

How to enable Anonymization

Note: To mask the identifiable objects based on the scene environment, see How to
Anonymize objects based on Environment section on page 207 for more
information.

At System Level

Note: Only Administrator can use this feature and provide access to an operator.

1. In Configurator > System tab, navigate to Privacy Protection Setting tab.

2. From the Anonymization type drop down, select the masking type. The available options
are:
• Blur: Blurs the Identifiable object
• Pixelize: Pixelizes the Identifiable object

200 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Privacy Protection Settings (GDPR Favored)

Figure 6-50 Privacy protection Settings

At Camera Level

At camera level user can enable or disable the Anonymization based on the requirement.
1. In Configurator > Camera tab, navigate to the camera properties for the specific
camera.
2. Under Primary Stream > Preference tab, select the Anonymization Enabled check box
as shown below. By default it is not selected.
3. Environment: Select the preferred Environment option to anonymize the live video
scene based on the scene environment.The available options are:
• Variable Scene: If the scene contains both stationary and moving people or
objects then select this option to anonymize the objects in the scene.
• High Motion Scene: To anonymize the objects in high motion in the scene.
• Still Scene: To anonymize the objects in a scene where the scene
predominantly contains stationary people and objects.

Figure 6-51 Anonymization Camera Level

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 201

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Privacy Protection Settings (GDPR Favored)

At User level

An Administrator can enable Anonymization for a specific user in Users tab. The
corresponding user will be able to view only anonymized video.
1. Navigate to Configurator > User tab.
2. For the required User, select the Anonymization check box as shown below. By default it
is Enabled for all the operators.

Figure 6-52 Anonymization at USer level

How to view Anonymized video

• An Administrator should have grant permission to an operator to view the
Anonymized video.
• After selecting the type of Anonymization from the drop down, drag and drop the
required camera on to the video panel. Following images displays the types of
anonymization.

202 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Privacy Protection Settings (GDPR Favored)

For Blur

Figure 6-53 Blur View

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 203

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Privacy Protection Settings (GDPR Favored)

For Pixelize

Figure 6-54 Pixelize Views

How to enable Four Eye Authentication

1. Under Configurator > System tab, navigate to Privacy Protection Setting tab.
2. Select the Enable Four Eye Authentication check box as show below.

Note: Once this option is enabled it will be applicable to entire NVR system. By default
this check box is not selected. User need to obtain valid license to enable this
feature.

Figure 6-55 Enable Four Eye

204 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Privacy Protection Settings (GDPR Favored)

How Four Eye Authentication feature Works

For an Non Administrator user

1. When an Non Administrator user tries to perform a playback operation then the following
dialog box appears on th screen.

Figure 6-56 Four Eye Authentication

2. Enter the credentials of Administrator user or a User from different role.

Note: For authentication, the logged in user and the Administrator user should not be of
same role.

The following table explains the Four eye authentication based on the user and roles

User Authenticating User Valid

Authentication
Operator Administrator Or any other user Yes
with different role
Operator Operator No
Operator Operator 2 Yes

3. Click the Authenticate button to view the playback video. After authentication the Four
eye authenticated user and logged in user icons are displayed on the top of the screen as
highlighted below. For example: In the below image for a test1 user, an administrator
authenticates and the corresponding users are created.
• Until the four eye authenticated user is logged in, the operator can perform any
playback operation.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 205

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Privacy Protection Settings (GDPR Favored)

Figure 6-57 Four Eye Authentication Success

• If the four eye authenticated user logs off as highlighted below then again for any
playback operation the Admin authentication is required.

Figure 6-58 Authenticating User

206 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Privacy Protection Settings (GDPR Favored)

Video Anonymization
This feature allows user to configure or mask identifiable objects based on the scene
environment. It provides flexibility to choose and configure the required camera based on the
mounting position. The following are the options supported.
• Variable Scene: If the scene contains both stationary and moving people or objects
then select this option to anonymize the objects in the scene.
• High Motion Scene: To anonymize the objects in high motion in the scene.
• Still Scene: To anonymize the objects in a scene where the scene predominantly
contains stationary people and objects.

How to Anonymize objects based on Environment

1. For the required camera, click on the left corner to open the camera properties pane.
2. Click General > Preference > Stream Preference Settings as shown below.

3. Under Environment, select the preferred option. The available options are:

Options Description
Variable Scene Select this option if the scene contains both
stationary and moving people or objects.
High Motion Scene Select if you want to anonymize the objects in
high motion scene
Still Scene Select to anonymize the objects in a scene
where the scene predominantly contains sta-
tionary people and objects.

4. Click Save.

Following images display the type of video anonymization scenes based on the environment
selection in NVR.
For Variable Scene

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 207

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Privacy Protection Settings (GDPR Favored)

For High Motion Scene

For Still Scene

208 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Privacy Protection Settings (GDPR Favored)

Improved GPU Rendering

GPU Rendering capability is now enhanced to handle the camera video packets along with
decompression technique. This helps the system not to depend on CPU for rendering video.
User can view smooth and clear live video through GPU rendering. User should modify the
registry value in client or server machine to enable GPU rendering mode.

Note: The following list of camera models/machine will not render in GPU mode:

• GrandEye Camera Models

• Dewarping Camera Models
• Anonymizaion enabled cameras
• Analog Cameras
• 32 bit processor rendering client machine

Settings for Rendering Video through GPU

Note: Ensure that user has enabled the Enable GPU Rendering check box in
Preferences > Rendering options tab to render video through GPU.

1. In a client or server machine, open the Registry Editor.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 209

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Privacy Protection Settings (GDPR Favored)

2. Navigate to the path

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\WOW6432Node\Honeywell\MaxproNVR\TrinityFra
mework\Client as shown below.

3. On the left pane, double-click GPU_RENDERING_VALUE. The Edit DWORD value dialog
appears as shown below.

4. Modify the value to 1 in Value data box.

Note: If the Value data flag is set to 0 then rendering will happen through CPU mode.

210 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Privacy Protection Settings (GDPR Favored)

5. Click OK. Drag and drop the cameras required cameras on to the panel to view the
improvised GPU rendering mode.

GPU Rendering Combinations

The below table explains the combination settings between Enable GPU Rendering option
and Registry settings.
IF And If Then
User enables Enable GPU user sets Both Decompression and Rendering
Rendering check box in Preferences GPU_Rendering_Value flag to 1 will be processed through in GPU
> Rendering options tab mode.
User enables Enable GPU user sets Decompression process will happen
Rendering check box in Preferences GPU_Rendering_Value flag to 0 through GPU and Rendering will be
> Rendering options tab processed in CPU mode.
user does not select Enable GPU user sets Both decompression and Rendering
Rendering check box in Preferences GPU_Rendering_Value flag to 1 will be processed through CPU.
> Rendering options tab

How to identify if a camera is Rendering in GPU Mode

After Enabling GPU: The font and clarity of live video is displayed as shown below..

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 211

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Guidelines to configure NAS Drive for Recording

Guidelines to configure NAS Drive for

Recording

Step 1: Create Directory in NAS

Note: The steps described below may vary from one NAS to another.

1. Logon to respective NAS web page

2. Click Settings > Privilege. The Privilege page is displayed.
3. Click Shared Folders > Add. The Add/Edit folder page is displayed.
4. Under General provide the following information for new directory
• Folder Name: Tye the name of folder to store recording
• Description: Type the description if required
• Location: Select the required location to store
• Protocol: Select CIFS/SMB protocol
5. Click the Save button. The new folder directory is created and displayed under shared
folder.

Step 2: Map the User details with NVR User

Note: The steps described below may vary from one NAS to another.

1. Click Settings > Privilege. The Privilege page is displayed.

2. Click User tab and then Add. The Add User page is displayed.
3. Under Add User Provide the details for the following:
• Username: Provide the same Username of NVR NeoStorageServer
• Password: Provide the same password of NVR NeoStorageServer
• Re-enter the password
• Description: provide the description of the user
• Group: configure the group to which the user belongs to.
• Home Directory: Select the required Home directory
• Password Expiration: set the required password expiration duration.
• Click Quota tab to set the quota details
4. Click OK. The newly created user is displayed under list of users pane.

Note: If customer is using Infotrend NAS then they have to create the user inside the
NAS box. The username could be NVR-Admin or Administrator.

212 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Guidelines to configure NAS Drive for Recording

Step 3: Configure the NAS Drive in NVR

1. Click the Configurator tab. The System page displays by default.
2. Click the Disk tab to open the Disk Management page
3. Click Add Drive to add a network drive. A new drive row is added with Network as shown
below.

4. Under Disk Management, select the following information:

• Drive Name - Select the Network drive.
• Drive Type - Select Network.
• Drive Purpose - Select Recording. By default Recording is selected

Note: If you select Archival as Drive Purpose then you have to provide the details for
NAS Domain, NAS Username and NAS Password. If user adds a Network Drive
for Archival without Domain, Username and Password then a validation message
is displayed to provide the network credentials.

5. In Storage Path, add a network drive path in the following format:

\\<IP address >\<folder name> For example, \\192.168.1.12\Test.
6. Click the Save button. The Network Drive path will be appended with RecordedClips
folder name as shown in th below image. The complete path is displayed as \\<IP
address >\<folder name>\RecordedClips. If the NAS drive is Selected for Storage then
the Current Recording Drive turns to Green.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 213

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Guidelines to configure NAS Drive for Recording

QNAP NAS for Recording

When user configures the QNAP NAS for recording, then recycle function is not happening.
QNAP is creating Recycle bin folder in shared folders. The deleted clips are being stored in
recycle bin which is available on the same shared folder.

To avoid QNAP creating Recycle bin folder in shared folder user needs to disable the Enable
Network Recycle Bin check box option
To disable Network Recycle Bin option
1. Logon to QNAP NAS web page.
2. Click Control Panel > System. The System page is displayed as shown below.

214 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Guidelines to configure NAS Drive for Recording

3. Navigate to Network & File Services > Network Recycle Bin. The Network Recycle Bin
page is displayed.
4. Clear the Enable Network Recycle Bin check box as highlighted below.

5. Click Apply to save the changes.

Limitations in Configuring NAS for recording

• User should not use “-”, “@” (Hyphen/At the Rate) during the share folder
creation
• If user selects the NAS drive for Recording, then in NAS Web page user need to
be create user with same credentials as NVR NeoStorageServer services. For
example if NVR service is running with credentials Administrator or NVR-admin
then the same user should be created in NAS web page.
• If Neo service is running with “NVRservicesuser” credentials then it is important
to have same credentials for NAS User. If different user credentials are created in
NAS then recording will not work.
• If user adds multiple directories from same NAS into NVR then the available
space will be incorrect (it will add NAS space for every such directory added)
• In Disk management window, after configuring the storage path for NAS drive,
the Total Space (GB) columns displays Invalid Drive. For NVR to show the drive
details the recording has to switch to the NAS drive.
• If customer is using Infotrend NAS then they have to create the user inside the
NAS box. The username could be NVR-Admin or Administrator.

Playing archived clips through Client machine

Pre-requisite

User was unable to access and play the archived clips from NVR server machine. If user drag
and drops the archived clips into the viewer then an error message is displayed.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 215

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Guidelines to configure NAS Drive for Recording

User needs to have the below privileges to access the archived clips from remote NVR clients.
Below table details out the possible combinations to play the archived clips from client
machine.
• Scenario 1: If user has configured Fixed drive in NVR Server For Archival.
Configured Archival Then Client should have
path NVR Server access to this path Description
User can access with this admin share only if the
NVR Server \\10.78.34.100\D$\archival logged in user of NVR client is a local administrator
(10.78.34.100): D:\archival in NVR server.

• Scenario 2: If user has configured shared path in NVR Server for archival then user
need to configure the Archival drive as UNC path.
Configured Archival path Then Client should have access to this path
NVR Server (Read Only access)
NVR Server \\10.78.34.100\archival
\\10.78.34.100\archival

How to achieve the above Scenario 2 in Domain Environment

• NVR Server and NVR client should be added to the same domain environment

Refer the Windows specific documentation on how to configure the NVR Server and NVR
client to the same domain controller.
• Add two user in the Domain Controller as mentioned below
• Add one Domain user as the Local Administrator in NVR Server
• Add another Domain user as a local Administrator in NVR Client (Check whether
it is only local administrator or less privileges access)

How to achieve Scenario 2 in Work group

• Scenario 3: If user using NAS drive
If NVR Server Path
(using NAS as
archival location): The Client path to access

\\10.78.34.200\NVR_A_AR \\10.78.34.200\NVR_A_ARCHIVAL
CHIVAL
• Scenario 4: If user using SAN then client can be accessed as mentioned in Scenario
1 above.

Different Scenarios to playback Archived Clip

Clip does not exist or you do not have the permission to view it” message is displayed if user
drag and drop a archived clip on a salvo. This is because of the client machine has no access
to the Archived shared path. Access permission to Archival shared drive should be granted to
client machine also.

Below table explains various scenarios in which the archived clip is playable. User needs to
perform suitable scenario settings to avoid the error message and playback the clip.

216 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Guidelines to configure NAS Drive for Recording

If NVR Server then NVR Client If Shared Drive If Drive Type Playback Workaround if
Credentials Credentials Credentials are is Supported Playback Fails
Administrator, Administrator, NA Fixed Yes None
Password1 Password1
Administrator, Administrator, NA Fixed No None
Password1 Password2
No Workaround for Client - In
Administrator, NVR-admin, NA Fixed fixed path, machine need to
Password1 Password1 create the Client user name
with same password and
provide (Read) permission
for the Archival drive or
folder.

Administrator, MaxproNVR, NA Fixed No Workaround for Client - In

Password1 Password1 fixed path, machine need to
create the Client user name
with same password and
provide (Read) permission
for the drive or folder.
Administrator, Administrator, Administrator, Shared Yes NA
Password1 Password1 Password1

Administrator, Administrator, NVR-admin, Shared No Workaround for Client - In

Password1 Password1 Password1 Shared path, machine need
to create the Client user
name with same password
and provide (Read)
permission for the Archival
drive or folder.

Administrator, NVR-admin, Administrator, Shared No Workaround for Client - In

Password1 Password1 Password1 Shared path, machine need
to create the Client user
name with same password
and provide (Read)
permission for the Archival
drive or folder.

Administrator, NVR-admin, NVR-admin, Shared Yes In server machine it will not

Password1 Password1 Password1 stream

NVR-admin, Administrator, NVR-admin, Shared No Workaround for Client - In

Password1 Password1 Password1 Shared path, machine need
to create the Client user
name with same password
and provide (Read)
permission for the Archival
drive or folder.

Administrator, Administrator, Administrator, Shared Yes None

Password1 Password2 Password2

Administrator, Administrator, Administrator, Shared No None

Password2 Password2 Password1

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 217

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Guidelines to configure NAS Drive for Recording

If NVR Server then NVR Client If Shared Drive If Drive Type Playback Workaround if
Credentials Credentials Credentials are is Supported Playback Fails
Administrator, Administrator, NVR-admin, Shared No Workaround for Client - In
Password1 Password2 Password1 Shared path, machine need
to create the Client user
name with same password
and provide (Read)
permission for the Archival
drive or folder.
Administrator, NVR-admin, Administrator Shared No Workaround for Client - In
Password1 Password1 ,Password2 Shared path, machine need
to create the Client user
name with same password
and provide (Read)
permission for the Archival
drive or folder.
Administrator, NVR- NVR-admin, Shared Yes NA
Password1 admin,Password1 Password2

NVR- Administrator, Administrator, Shared No None

admin,Password1 Password1 Password2

NVR- Administrator, NVR-admin, Shared No Workaround for Client - In

admin,Password1 Password1 Password2 Shared path, machine need
to create the Client user
name with same password
and provide (Read)
permission for the Archival
drive or folder.
NVR- NVR- Administrator, Shared No Workaround for Client - In
admin,Password1 admin,Password2 Password1 Shared path, machine need
to create the Client user
name with same password
and provide (Read)
permission for the Archival
drive or folder.

218 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Guidelines to configure NAS Drive for Recording

How to configure the Archival and Deletion retry

settings
Recommendations:

Honeywell recommends before configuring Archival Clip and Deletion Retry settings ensure
that the following parameters are set based on the site requirement:
• The default value for DiskAlarmThresholdInGB is 100: This indicates when the
available free space in archival location is less than 100 GB then an alarm is
triggered.
• The default value for DiskRecyclingInGB is 30: This indicates if the available free
space is below 30 GB, then the older archived clips are recycled to create space for
the newly archiving clips.
• The default value for DiskSwitchLimitINGB is 5: This indicates if the available free
space in the archival location goes less than 5 GB then Low Disk Space alarm is
triggered and the archival process will be attempted to next available archival
location if configured.
1. Navigate to C:\Program Files
(x86)\Honeywell\MaxproNVR\TrinityFramework\bin\TrinityArchival.exe.config.
2. Right-click and open with Notepad.
3. Scroll down to locate the below two values and change the count value for each
parameter based on the requirement. The default value is 4.

• If Value is set to 0 = Indefinite tries

• If Value is set to > than 0 = Indicated the number of attempts to archive or
delete the archived clips respectively.

Note: Archival/Deletion Retry settings will be moved to default count value if user
upgrades to future versions of VMS/NVR.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 219

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Annotations

Annotations

Introduction
Annotation feature helps to trace and locate the moving subjects in
live/recorded video and generates an alarm if intrusion or loitering is
detected. After this feature is enabled in NVR, subjects in video when
found in Region Of Interest, is bounded by rectangle box and on alarm
conditions, it will be signified with a change in color of bounding box. This
helps the operator to quickly trace the direction of the moving subject.
Equip-S series camera supports Annotation feature along with Intrusion
trace and Loitering Trace alarms. These alarms are in-built with Equip-S
series camera and are made available by installing required analytics
licenses.
Annotation with Intrusion Trace alarm: This feature helps in detecting a
subject, if it enters a predefined restricted area. The system will annotate
and detects the object with Green rectangular box. If the object is detected
in the restricted area then the annotated Green rectangular box turns to
Red and an alarm is generated.
Annotation with Loitering Trace alarm: This feature helps in detecting an
object If loitering beyond the specified duration of time in a predefined
region. The subjects is bounded by the box along with the duration (time in
seconds) for which it is identified in the region of interest. If the subject is
loitering in the region beyond a predefined time then the annotation boxes
turns to Red and an alarm is generated.

Note: Currently Annotation feature works with only with old GPU rendering modes.

Annotation feature is supported with the following camera models and

firmware version:

S.No Camera Model Firmware Loiter Intrusion

1 H4D8GR1 2.420.HW00.9, Build Date: 2018-12-17 V1.20.60 V1.20.60
2 HCD8G
3 HBD8GR1
4 HFD6GR1 1.000.HW00.9, Build Date: 2018-12-17 V1.20.60 V1.20.60
5 HFD8GR1
6 HDZ302DE 1.000.0043.3, Build Date: 2019-01-07 V1.20.60 V1.20.60
7 HDZ302D
8 HDZ302DIN

Note: The PTZ Model cameras (HDZ302DE, HDZ302D, HDZ302DIN) after the firmware
upgrade will be compatible with MAXPRO NVR T-Patch 532 and above versions.

220 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Annotations

How to get/configure Annotation Feature

To get and use the Annotation feature in MAXPRO NVR/VMS, user needs to perform the
following configurations in the order as mention below:
1. Upgrade the Camera Firmware
2. Install the VA packages
a. Remove Old VA Package
b. Upgrade to Latest VA Package
3. Obtain the License to use Annotation feature
4. Configure and Enable Annotation in NVR
5. Enable Annotations in VMS

Upgrade the Camera Firmware

1. Launch the Equip-S series model camera web page and then click on Setup tab.
2. Check the existing version of Firmware in Information > Version page.
3. In the left pane, navigate to System Setup > Upgrade. The Firmware Upgrade page is
displayed as shown below.

4. Click the Import button and then browse the Firmware to import.
5. Click Upgrade. Once the upgrade complete, Firmware Upgrade successful message is
displayed.

Install the VA packages

Remove Old VA Package

If the existing VA package is old then:
1. Navigate to Video Analytics > Smart Plan. The Smart Plan page is displayed.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 221

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Annotations

2. Click on the Extensional Smart function tab as shown below.

3. Click Remove to remove the old VA package. Clear the alarm check box and then and
save. Once it is saved click remove button, otherwise remove button will be in disable
state only. Vice versa, it should be selected and saved to open VA Webpage.
4. Repeat the step 1 through step 3 to remove the old VA package of Loitering trace.

Upgrade to Latest VA Packages

1. In th same camera web-page, navigate to System Setup > Upgrade. The Firmware
Upgrade page is displayed as shown below.
2. Click the Import button and then browse the latest VA packages (Intrusion trace and
Loitering trace) to import.
3. Click Upgrade. Once the upgrade complete, VA package upgrade successful message is
displayed.

Enable Extensional Smart Function

1. Navigate to Video Analytics > Smart Plan. The Smart Plan page is displayed.
2. If the Extensional Smart function is off, click to turn ON to configure and use Annotation
feature.

Obtain the License and install

1. Contact Honeywell Technical Support to obtain the license for Intrusion Trace and
Loitering Trace features.
2. In the Extensional Smart function page, for a specific feature, click the Open button. For
example Intrusion Trace as shown below.

222 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Annotations

The Honeywell Video Analytics page is displayed.

For Intrusion trace

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 223

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Annotations

For Loitering Trace

1. Click on Add Additional License button.

2. Enter the license key and then click OK to activate.

Configuring Intrusion trace

Pre-requisite:

Before you configure the Intrusion trace feature ensure you have:
a. Upgraded the camera firmware.
b. Upgraded the Intrusion trace VA package
c. Obtained and installed the required license
1. Click on the Configure tab, the Configure page is displayed as shown below. By default
the Calibrate tab is selected.

224 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Annotations

2. Click on Take Snapshot, read and perform the on screen instructions to adjust the current
front marker as shown below.

3. Under Current back marker, click on Take Snapshot, read and perform the on screen
instructions to adjust the current back marker as shown below.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 225

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Annotations

4. Once done, click Save in the bottom of the page. Data saved successfully message is
displayed.
5. Click on Zones and then click on Add area to add define the area for intrusion trace. This
will be the area under which an alarm is generated if an object is detected. User can
define multiple zones.

6. Read the on screen instructions and set the parameters for the zone such as Minimum
width, Maximum width, Minimum height, Maximum height, Minimum area, Maximum

226 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Annotations

area, Minimum speed, Maximum speed, Time and Distance acceptance, minimum time
and minimum distance.
7. Click Save at the bottom of the page. Data Saved successfully message is displayed.
8. Click on Parameters and set the parameter for all the defined zones as shown below.

9. Click Save at the bottom of the page. Data Saved successfully message is displayed.
10. Click on the Live tab to view the configured intrusion feature.

Configuring Loitering trace

Pre-requisite:

Before you configure the Loitering trace feature ensure you have:
a. Upgraded the camera firmware
b. Upgraded the Loitering trace VA package
c. Obtained and installed the required license.
1. Click on the Configure tab, the Configure page is displayed as shown below. By default
the Calibrate tab is selected.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 227

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Annotations

2. Click on Take Snapshot, read and perform the on screen instructions to adjust the current
front marker as shown below.

3. Under Current back marker, click on Take Snapshot, read and perform the on screen
instructions to adjust the current back marker as shown below.

228 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Annotations

4. Once done, click Save in the bottom of the page. Data saved successfully message is
displayed.
5. Click on Zones and then click on Add area to add define the area for loitering trace. This
will be the area under which an alarm is generated if an object found loitering more than
the predefined time (Maximum Loitering time). User can define multiple zones.

6. Click Save at the bottom of the page. Data Saved successfully message is displayed.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 229

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Annotations

7. Click on Parameters and set the parameter for all the defined zones. Such as maximum
Loitering Time, Contrast sensitivity level, Object sensitivity level, Maximum static time and
Times Strategy as shown below.

8. Click Save at the bottom of the page. Data Saved successfully message is displayed.
9. Click on the Live tab to view the configured Loitering feature. In camera web page user
can see the loiter alarm in the list as shown below.

230 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Annotations

Loitering Trace with PTZ Camera

For a PTZ camera Loitering trace should be configured with a predefined preset. If a camera
has multiple presets then in camera web page the specific preset should be selected and
saved in order to view the same in NVR.

However, Annotation will work with in the preset defined. if there is a minor variation beyond
the preset area then Annotations will not be displayed.

The preset should be selected in camera web page > IVS Analysis > Smart Plan >
Extensional Smart function > Preset as shown below.

Configure and Enable Annotation in NVR

Annotation in NVR can be enabled if it is already configured in the supported camera web
page. Equip-S series camera supports Annotation with Intrusion Trace and Loitering Trace.

Ensure you have completed the following in camera web page before enabling Annotation in
NVR.
a. Upgraded the camera firmware
b. Upgraded the Intrusion and Loitering VA package
c. Obtained and installed the required license
d. Configured Intrusion and Loitering Trace features

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 231

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Annotations

How to enable Annotation in NVR

In Camera Web Page

1. Navigate to Video Analytics > Smart Plan. The Smart Plan page is displayed.
2. If the Extensional Smart function is off, click to turn ON.
3. Select the Intrusion Trace or Loitering Trace check box to enable Annotation.

In Preference Box
• In Preference > Rendering Setting tab, select the View Annotations when a camera is
displayed check box to enable annotations for all the supported cameras (Equip-S
Series)

• In Camera Properties, navigate to any stream and then select the Enable Annotation
check box for the particular stream.

Note: For Sub stream 2 Annotation will not work, if the resolution is taken form camera
sub stream 2. This is a camera side limitation.

For PTZ camera based on the Preset selection, annotation will not work if there is
a slight movement beyond the defined preset.

232 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Annotations

• In Video panel, hover the mouse in the bottom of the panel to view the options and
then click on Show Annotations for that particular camera as shown below. You can
also click th same icon to Hide annotation s only for that camera.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 233

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Annotations

Annotation with Intrusion Trace in VMS/NVR (Live/playback)

After the Annotation feature is enabled for Intrusion trace, rectangular bounding boxes will be
accompanied with any moving object in the scene. If any object is moving within the predefine
area then the object is highlighted with Red rectangular box and an alarm is generated a
shown below.

Annotation with Intrusion Trace (Live) with out alarm

Annotation with Intrusion Trace (Live) with alarm

234 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Annotations

Annotation with Intrusion Trace (Playback) Without alarm

Annotation with Intrusion Trace (Playback) With alarm

Annotation with Loitering Trace in VMS/NVR (Live/playback)

If an object loiters with in the predefined zone then a Green colored rectangular bounding box
are displayed. If the same object loiters beyond the Maximum Loitering Time, then the object
will be highlighted with Red Rectangular box as shown below.

Object with in the Maximum Loitering Time (Live)

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 235

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Annotations

Object beyond the Maximum Loitering Time (Live)

236 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
Annotations

Loitering Trace in Playback without alarm

Loitering Trace in Playback with alarm

Snapshots with Annotations

• Capturing snapshots with Annotation bounding box in Live and Recorded video is
supported. User can find the captured snapshots under Snapshots/Clips pane.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 237

 CONFIGURING MAXPRO NVR
6 Annotations

Setting the Audio Codec in Camera Web Page

Latest version of Equip S Series V2 camera firmware will not render video in NVR with the
previous versions of MAXPRO NVR 5.0/5.5. To overcome this issue user need to set the Audio
codec for all the streams to AAC in the specific camera web page.

How to set the Audio Codec

1. Logon to specific camera web page (for ex HBW4GR1V).
2. Navigate to Setup > Audio Setup > Audio. The Audio settings are displayed on the left
pane as shown below.

3. Under Audio In area > Main Stream, select AAC from the Format drop-down list.
4. Under Sub Stream, select the Enable check box.
5. Select the required Sub Stream from the drop down list and then select AAC option from
the Format drop-down list.
6. Under Audio Out area, select AAC from the Format drop-down list.
7. Click Save.

238 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

Verifying the Configuration
7
Overview
Verifying the configuration of the MAXPRO NVR is the final phase in the commissioning
process. In this phase, you need to verify the working of the MAXPRO NVR.

Before you Begin

Ensure that the configuration of MAXPRO NVR is complete.

Activities to Perform in this Phase

In this phase, using the MAXPRO NVR user interface, check for the following one after the
other.

• Connection with the MAXPRO NVR sever (logging on)

• Camera listing in the devices window

• Live video display from cameras

• Playback of recorded video

• Inserting comments and marking the point of interest using the bookmark feature in
Timeline window

• Playback of loop (mark in and mark out feature) in Timeline window

• Panning, tilting, and zooming functions

• Acknowledgment of alarms and clearing of alarms

• Image creation

• Clip creation

• Video from the surrounding cameras (video pursuit or surrounding cameras feature in
MAXPRO NVR)

• Saving the salvo layout using the salvo view feature

• Searching recorded video in MAXPRO NVR

• Generating and viewing the event and operator log report

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 239

 VERIFYING THE CONFIGURATION
7 Checking the Connection with the MAXPRO NVR Server

Checking the Connection with the MAXPRO

NVR Server
The MAXPRO NVR server addresses are stored in profiles. You can save the address of each
server in profiles from the Log On dialog box that appears when you start MAXPRO NVR.
To connect to a MAXPRO NVR server from the client computer
1. In the Username box, type the user name. The default user name is “admin”.
2. In the Password box, type the password. The default password is “trinity”.

Note: Honeywell recommends to create a new NVR user (See Adding a User ) in the
Configurator tab and use the same to logon.

3. In the Profile box, select the profile in which the server address is saved.
4. Click Login. The Viewer Screen appears.
You can set a profile as the default profile. When a profile is set as default, you need not select
the profile each time you log on to MAXPRO NVR. You can also modify and delete profiles.

Note: See the Configuring MAXPRO NVR Windows/ Desktop Client section on
page 96 for more information on how to save server addresses in profiles, how to
set a profile as default profile, and how to modify and delete the profiles.

Checking the Device listing in the Devices

Window
By default, the Viewer tab is selected when you log on to MAXPRO NVR. The Devices window
in the Viewer tab lists the IP cameras connected to and discovered by MAXPRO NVR.
See the Getting to Know the MAXPRO NVR User Interface section on page 101 for more
information on the Device window.

Checking the Acknowledgment and

Clearing of Alarms
Clicking the Alarms tab next to the Device tab opens the Alarms window that lists all the
alarms in a floating window. You can acknowledge and clear the alarms.
Alarms notify the occurrence of events to the operators. You can configure alarms to be
triggered when events such as recorder disk space nearing full, motion detection, and others
happen. The events that trigger an alarm can be selected while configuring the recorders,
cameras, and switchers. The events can be associated to event groups.
Each alarm goes through the following states.
New or Unacknowledged

240 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
VERIFYING THE CONFIGURATION
Checking the Live Video from Cameras

When an alarm is triggered it appears in the Alarm window. You can click the Alarm tab to
view the Alarm window. The state of the alarm after it is triggered is referred to as
unacknowledged. You can view the list of all the unacknowledged alarms in a table in the
Alarm window.
See the Getting to Know the MAXPRO NVR User Interface section on page 101 for
more information on the Alarms.

Checking the Live Video from Cameras

To ensure that all the cameras are connected and functioning properly, you need to check for
live video from them.
To select the cameras and view live video

• Double-click a camera in the Devices window.

Or
You can also drag a camera to a panel in the salvo layout. The panel starts displaying live
video.

You can select multiple cameras and view live video in different panels of the salvo layout.
See the Getting to Know the MAXPRO NVR User Interface section on page 101 for
more information on how to view live video from cameras.

Checking the Playback of Recorded Video

To playback video, the recording from the camera must be available and the recording
settings for the camera must be configured. Recorded video can be played from the Timeline
window.
The following operations can be performed on the recorded video.

• Playing recorded video using the timeline

• Playing recorded video using Mark In and Mark Out points in timeline

• Marking points of interest in the timeline using bookmarks

Refer to the MAXPRO® NVR Operator’s Guide for more information on how to configure the
recording settings for the cameras connected to MAXPRO NVR.

Checking the Panning, Tilting, and Zooming

Using the digital PTZ feature in MAXPRO NVR, you can perform panning and tilting on live and
recorded video and clips. The digital PTZ feature when enabled allows you to perform
panning and tilting on the video display that is zoomed or enlarged in a panel.
Refer to the MAXPRO® NVR Operator’s Guide for more information on PTZ.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 241

 VERIFYING THE CONFIGURATION
7 Checking the Creation of Images

Checking the Creation of Images

A frame of video displayed in the panel can be saved as an image. The image can be saved in
Bitmapped Graphics (BMP), Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPG) format, Portable
Graphics format (PNG), and Graphics Interchange Format (GIF).
Only the images saved in the Snapshots/Clips folder at the location in the hard drive in which
MAXPRO NVR files are installed can be viewed in the Snapshot/ Clip window.
You can double-click the image view option in the site window to view images on the salvo
layout. You can view the images in the form of thumbnails or filmstrip. You can also select the
image size large, medium, and small as per the requirement.
For example, X:\ProgramFiles\Honeywell\TrinityFramework\Snapshots/Clips. Here, X: is
the hard drive.
Refer to the MAXPRO® NVR Operator’s Guide for more information on creating the images.

Checking the Creation of Clips

You can create clips from recorded video. These clips can be saved with digital signatures.
Digital signatures ensure authenticity of clips. Digital signatures are primarily used to
authenticate videos that are produced in courts as evidence. A digital signature generates a
unique string for the clip using algorithms recommended by the W3C. The World Wide Web
Consortium (W3C) is an international consortium where member organizations, a full-time
staff, and the public work together to develop Web standards. If the video in the clip is
modified, a verification check for the unique string fails indicating that the content is tampered.
When a clip is saved with the digital signature, a package file with the .PKG extension is
created to save the clip.
Refer to the MAXPRO® NVR Operator’s Guide for more information on creating clips.

Checking the Salvo View Feature

A salvo layout that is customized based on the preferences of the operators is referred to as a
salvo view. Cameras and scan sequences that are selected frequently and the preferred salvo
layout can be saved as a salvo view.
Refer to the MAXPRO® NVR Operator’s Guide for more information on how to create, select,
and manage salvo views.

Checking the Search for Recorded Video in

MAXPRO NVR
Operators can search for recorded video from cameras connected to MAXPRO NVR. The
search results can be filtered based on conditions like video recorded today, yesterday, and
others.
You can search for recorded video from the Search tab.
Refer to the MAXPRO® NVR Operator’s Guide for more information on how to search for
recorded video, and how to play the search results.

242 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
VERIFYING THE CONFIGURATION
Checking the Generation of Event History/ Operator Log Report

Checking the Generation of Event History/

Operator Log Report
Two types of reports, namely event history report and operator log report, can be generated.
The event history report can be generated for cameras, monitors, and recorders. The event
history report lists the events related to a device during a time period. For example, for a
camera, you can generate the event history report to know the occurrence of events like
enabling of camera motion detection, starting of background recording, and so on.
The operator log report can be generated to view the activities performed by users. The
operator log report lists the activities performed by users during a time period. For example,
creating clips, adding bookmarks.
You can generate reports from the Report tab.
Refer to the MAXPRO® NVR Operator’s Guide for more information on how to generate and
view the reports.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 243

 VERIFYING THE CONFIGURATION
7 Checking the Generation of Event History/ Operator Log Report

This page is intentionally left blank.

244 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

Upgrade MAXPRO NVR Software
8
Overview
This chapter describes the procedures to upgrade the MAXPRO NVR software. Follow the
appropriate section in this chapter to upgrade your MAXPRO NVR software.
The following are the upgrade scenarios covered:

• Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 5.6 (Build 572)

• Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 5.5 (Build 558)

• Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 5.0 SP1(Build 532)

• Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 5.0 Build 522(T Patch)

• Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 5.0 Build 509 Rev D

• Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 4.9 Build 204

• Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 4.7 Build 188

• Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 4.5 Build 162

• Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 4.1Build 123 Rev B

• Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 4.0

Note: Downgrade to previous version of NVR is only supported if user has restored the
Database backup during installation. For example: If user upgrades from 4.1 to
5.0 and if for any reason uninstalls the 5.0 build then, 4.1 installation will also be
uninstalled from the machine. If user has restored the DB backup during 5.0
installation then downgrade (4.1) build will be available.

Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 5.6 (Build 572)

Upgrade to NVR 5.6 Build 572 is supported from the following builds only.

• MAXPRO NVR v5.0 Build 509 Rev D

• MAXPRO NVR 5.0_T patch Build 522

• MAXPRO NVR 5.0 SP1 Build 532

• MAXPRO NVR 5.5 Build 558

To upgrade to MAXPRO_NVR_5.6:

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 245

 UPGRADE MAXPRO NVR SOFTWARE
8 Overview

1. Browse to the setup folder and double-click MAXPRO_NVR_ 5.6 Setup.exe. The installer
extracts the setup files and a confirmation message is displayed to disable the Automatic
Windows updates as shown below.

2. Click Yes to proceed, the installation wizard starts and the Welcome page appears.

Figure 8-1 Welcome Wizard

3. Click Continue to start the installation. The installation process continues and once the
installation is complete the completion page is displayed as shown below.

Figure 8-2 Installation Complete

246 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
UPGRADE MAXPRO NVR SOFTWARE
Overview

4. Click Finish to complete the installation and close the wizard.

Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 5.5 (Build 558)

Upgrade to NVR 5.5 Build 558 is supported from the following builds only.

• MAXPRO NVR v5.0 Build 509 Rev D

• MAXPRO NVR 5.0_T patch Build 522

• MAXPRO NVR 5.0 SP1 Build 532

To upgrade to MAXPRO_NVR_5.5:
1. Browse to the setup folder and double-click MAXPRO_NVR_ 5.5 Setup.exe. The installer
extracts the setup files and a confirmation message is displayed to disable the Automatic
Windows updates as shown below.

2. Click Yes to proceed, the installation wizard starts and the Welcome page appears.

Figure 8-3 Welcome Wizard

3. Click Continue to start the installation. The installation process continues and once the
installation is complete the completion page is displayed as shown below.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 247

 UPGRADE MAXPRO NVR SOFTWARE
8 Overview

Figure 8-4 Installation Complete

4. Click Finish to complete the installation and close the wizard.

Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 5.0 SP1(Build 532)

Upgrade to 5.0 Service Pack 1 is supported from the following builds only.
• MAXPRO NVR v5.0 Build 509 Rev D
• MAXPRO_NVR_ 5.0_T patch Build 522

Note: If SP1 is installed on top of 5.0 Build 509 Rev D then MAXPRO_NVR_ 5.0_T patch
Build 522 is installed internally.

To upgrade to MAXPRO_NVR_ R500_SP1

1. Double click MAXPRO_NVR_ R500_SP1 Setup.exe. The installer extracts the files and
displays the Windows update message.

2. Click Yes to proceed, the installation wizard starts and the Welcome page appears.

248 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
UPGRADE MAXPRO NVR SOFTWARE
Overview

Figure 8-5 Welcome Wizard

3. Click Continue to start the installation. The installation process continues and once the
installation is complete the completion page is displayed as shown below.

Figure 8-6 Installation Complete

4. Click Finish to complete the installation and close the wizard.

Uninstalling SP1
In Add/Remove program windows there will be two entries as:
• MAXPRO_NVR_ 5.0_T patch Build 522
• MAXPRO_NVR_ 5.0 SP1 Build 531
If user wants to go back to v5.0 Build 509 Rev D then from Add/Remove Program window
uninstall the applications in the order as mentioned below:
1. Uninstall SP1
2. Uninstall 5.0_T patch Build 522

Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 5.0 Bui ld 522(T Patc h)

Upgrade to 5.0 T patch is supported from v5.0 Build 509 to MAXPRO NVR 5.0 Build 522 only.
To upgrade to MAXPRO_NVR_ R500_T patch

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 249

 UPGRADE MAXPRO NVR SOFTWARE
8 Overview

1. Double click MAXPRO_NVR_ R500_T patch Setup.exe. The WinRAR self extracts the
files and displays the Windows update message.

2. Click Yes to proceed, the installation wizard starts and the Welcome page appears.

Figure 8-7 Welcome Wizard

3. Click Continue to start the installation. The installation process continues and once the
installation is complete the completion page is displayed as shown below.

Figure 8-8 Installation Complete

4. Click Finish to complete the installation and close the wizard.

250 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
UPGRADE MAXPRO NVR SOFTWARE
Overview

Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 5.0 Bui ld 509 Rev D

Upgrade to 5.0 is supported as explained below:

• From v4.0 Build 87 Rev H to MAXPRO NVR 5.0 Build 509 Rev D

• From NVR 4.1 Build 123 Rev B to NVR 5.0 Build 509 Rev D

• From NVR 4.5 Build 162 Rev B to NVR 5.0 Build 509 Rev D

• From NVR 4.7 Build 188 to NVR 5.0 Build 509 Rev D

• From NVR 4.9 Build 204 to NVR 5.0 Build 509 Rev D

Be f ore Up grading

Caution: If user had configured the Network drive as Recording drive in the
previous version of NVR, then after upgrading to 5.0 Build 509, none of
the cameras will display video. Ensure that you delete/modify the
Network path configured as Recording drive and then upgrade.

To upgrade to NVR 5.0:

1. Insert the MAXPRO NVR 5.0 setup DVD in the DVD drive, browse the DVD drive, and then
double-click setup.exe
Or
Go to the MAXPRO NVR setup folder on your computer, and then double-click setup.exe. A
dialog box appears with the question - “Do you want to validate the setup before continuing
MAXPRO NVR 5.0 installation ?”, click Yes to validate the setup files are not corrupted before
continuing the installation and click No to skip the validation to continue the setup. The
installation wizard starts and the Welcome screen (Figure 8-10) appears.

Figure 8-9 Welcome Wizard

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 251

 UPGRADE MAXPRO NVR SOFTWARE
8 Overview

2. Click Next. The Validation of User Credentials (Figure 8-10) appears.

Figure 8-10 Validation of User Credentials

3. Select your Domain Name/Host Name.
4. Type your Windows User Name.
5. Type your Windows Password.

Note: Honeywell recommends to use the newly created Administrator user account as
explained in Before you Begin - Changing the default Windows Administrator
Account Created By NVR, page 73.

6. Click Next. The Localization Support wizard (Figure 8-11) appears.

252 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
UPGRADE MAXPRO NVR SOFTWARE
Overview

Figure 8-11 Localization Support

Caution: By Default, English language will be installed. Please ensure to select all
the languages required for your system. If an additional language is
required after the installation is completed, the software will need to be
uninstalled and installed again.

7. Select the languages in which you want to upgrade MAXPRO NVR and then click Next.
The Summary screen (Figure 8-12) appears.

Figure 8-12 Summary

8. Click Next. The upgrade status of various components appears. Once the upgrade is
complete, the Finish dialog (Figure 8-13) appears.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 253

 UPGRADE MAXPRO NVR SOFTWARE
8 Overview

Figure 8-13 Upgrade Finish

9. Click Finish to complete the upgrade.

Note: While upgrading the client to 5.0, a System Warning dialog with Unknown Hard
Error message is displayed
Cause: This issue may occur due to conflict between third party applications or
due to system file corruption.
Solution: Refer and perform the steps as explained in the Microsoft link
https://answers.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/forum/windows_8-
performance/explorerexe-system-warning-dialog-with-unknown/4c0be311-c9d5-
46e7-b352-c8656f5c0226?auth=1
Or
https://www.drivethelife.com/windows-10/fix-unknown-hard-error-windows-
10.html

Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 4.9 Build 204

Upgrade to 4.9 is supported as explained below:

• From NVR 4.0 87 Rev H to NVR 4.9 Build 204

• From NVR 4.0 97 Rev B to NVR 4.9 Build 204

• From NVR 4.1 Build 123 Rev B to NVR 4.9 Build 204

• From NVR 4.5 Build 162 Rev B to NVR 4.9 Build 204

• From NVR 4.7 Build 188 to NVR 4.9 Build 204

To upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 4.9 Service Pack

254 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
UPGRADE MAXPRO NVR SOFTWARE
Overview

1. Double click MAXPRO NVR 4.9 Setup.exe. The WinRAR self extracts the files and
displays the Windows update message.

2. Click Yes to proceed, the installation wizard starts and the Welcome page appears.

Figure 8-14 Welcome Wizard

3. Click Continue to start the installation. The installation process continues and once the
installation is complete the completion page is displayed as shown below.

Note: If Korean language is not installed in your previous build (such as NVR 4.5 Build
162 or 4.7 Build 188) then a confirmation message to support Korean Language
is displayed. Click Yes if required.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 255

 UPGRADE MAXPRO NVR SOFTWARE
8 Overview

Figure 8-15 Installation Complete

4. Click Finish to complete the installation and close the wizard.

Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 4.7 Build 188

Direct Upgrade to 4.7 is supported as explained below:

• From NVR 4.0 87 Rev H to NVR 4.7 Build 188

• From NVR 4.0 97 Rev B to NVR 4.7 Build 188

• From NVR 4.1 Build 123 Rev B to NVR 4.7 Build 188

• From NVR 4.5 Build 162 Rev B to NVR 4.7 Build 188

To upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 4.7 Service Pack

1. Double click MAXPRO NVR 4.7 Setup.exe. The WinRAR self extracts the files and
displays the Windows update message.

2. Click Yes to proceed, the installation wizard starts and the Welcome page appears.

256 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
UPGRADE MAXPRO NVR SOFTWARE
Overview

Figure 8-16 Welcome Wizard

3. Click Continue to start the installation. The installation process continues and once the
installation is complete the completion page is displayed as shown below.

Note: If Korean language is not installed in your previous build (such as NVR 4.5 Build
162) then a confirmation message to support Korean Language is displayed.
Click Yes if required.

Figure 8-17 Installation Complete

4. Click Finish to complete the installation and close the wizard.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 257

 UPGRADE MAXPRO NVR SOFTWARE
8 Overview

Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 4.5 Build 162

Pre-requisites
Before installing NVR 4.5 build 162 Service pack, ensure that all other applications in the PC is
closed. If any application is still running then Process can not access the file message is
displayed as shown below.

Upgrade is supported as explained below:

• From NVR 4.0 87 Rev H to NVR 4.1 Build 123 Rev B

• From NVR 4.0 87 Rev H SP1 to NVR 4.1 Build 123 Rev B

• From NVR 4.0 87 Rev H (beta) to NVR 4.1 Build 123 Rev B

• From NVR 4.1 Build 123 Rev B to NVR 4.5 Build 162

To upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 4.5 Service Pack

1. Double click MAXPRO NVR 4.5 Setup.exe. The WinRAR self extracts the files and
displays the Windows update message.

2. Click Yes to proceed, the installation wizard starts and the Welcome page appears.

258 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
UPGRADE MAXPRO NVR SOFTWARE
Overview

Figure 8-18 Welcome Wizard

3. Click Continue to start the installation. A confirmation message to support Korean
Language is displayed as shown below.

Figure 8-19 Installation Complete

4. Click Yes if required. The installation process continues and once the installation is
complete the completion page is displayed as shown below.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 259

 UPGRADE MAXPRO NVR SOFTWARE
8 Overview

5. Click Finish to complete the installation and close the wizard.

Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 4.1Build 123 Rev B

Upgrade is supported as explained below:

• From NVR 4.0 87 Rev H to NVR 4.1 Build 123 Rev B

• From NVR 4.0 87 Rev H SP1 to NVR 4.1 Build 123 Rev B

• From NVR 4.0 87 Rev H (beta) to NVR 4.1 Build 123 Rev B

To upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 4.1 Service Pack

1. Double click MAXPRO NVR 4.1 Setup.exe. The WinRAR self extracts the files and
displays the Windows update message.

2. Click Yes to proceed, the installation wizard starts and the Welcome page appears.

260 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
UPGRADE MAXPRO NVR SOFTWARE
Overview

Figure 8-20 Welcome Wizard

3. Click Continue to start the installation. After the installation is finished, the following page
appears.

Figure 8-21 Installation Complete

4. Click Finish to complete the installation and close the wizard.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 261

 UPGRADE MAXPRO NVR SOFTWARE
8 Overview

Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 4.0

Upgrade is supported from MAXPRO NVR 3.1 SP1 or later version to MAXPRO NVR 4.0 Build
87 Rev H.
If you are upgrading from a version lower than 3.1 SP1 to MAXPRO NVR 4.0 then an error
message is displayed. Upgrade to v3.1 SP1 Build 70C on top of the lower versions and then
upgrade to NVR 4.0 Build 87 Rev H.

Note: Ensure that Services.msc console is closed before Installing or

upgrading the MAXPRO NVR. See the Before you Begin - Disable
Defragmentation section on page 72.

If you are upgrading to MAXPRO NVR 4.1 Build 123 Rev B then upgrade is supported as
explained below:

• From NVR 4.0 87 Rev H to NVR 4.1 Build 123 Rev B

• From NVR 4.0 87 Rev H SP1 to NVR 4.1Build 123 Rev B

• From NVR 4.0 87 Rev H (beta) to NVR 4.1 Build 123 Rev B

Taking the Database Backup

Honeywell recommends database backup before running the upgrade. Database backup can
be done from MAXPRO NVR Agent.

Figure 8-22 Taking Database backup using the MAXPRO NVR Agent

Note: In MAXPRO NVR 3.1 or later version, a new scheduled backup mechanism is
added which will retain the last 7 days of Database Backup. In case of upgrade, if
the backup is set in the system already then same backup drives are maintained
in the configuration and used in the new backup mechanism.
Or
If the backup is not set then by default the first recording drive is selected for
database backup according to the alphabetical order. If you want to change the
drive then edit the TakeNVRbackup.bat file which is available in
C:\Install\BackupData and mention the required drive name.

How to upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 4.0

1. Insert the MAXPRO NVR 4.0 setup DVD in the DVD drive, browse the DVD drive, and then
double-click setup.exe
Or
Go to the MAXPRO NVR setup folder on your computer, and then double-click setup.exe. A

262 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
UPGRADE MAXPRO NVR SOFTWARE
Overview

dialog box appears with the question - “Do you want to validate the setup before continuing
MAXPRO NVR 4.0 installation ?”, click Yes to validate the setup files are not corrupted before
continuing the installation and click No to skip the validation to continue the setup. The
installation wizard starts and the Welcome screen appears.

Note If any pending reboot is there due to windows updates, the following error
message appears, and the installation stops. Please ensure that you
reboot your computer and run the setup again.

2. Click Next. The Validation of User Credentials (Figure 8-23) appears.

Figure 8-23 Validation of User Credentials

3. Select your Domain Name/Host Name.
4. Type your Windows User Name.
5. Type your Windows Password.

Note: Honeywell recommends to use the newly created Administrator user account as
explained in Before you Begin - Changing the default Windows Administrator
Account Created By NVR, page 73.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 263

 UPGRADE MAXPRO NVR SOFTWARE
8 Overview

6. Click Next. The Choose Metadata Path (Figure 8-24) appears.

Figure 8-24 Choose Metadata Path

7. Click Browse to specify a new path for Metadata in NVR Application.

Note: If you want to move your metadata to a non-OS partition then please choose the
appropriate path. Upgrade will move the metadata accordingly.

8. Click Next. The summary screen (Figure 8-25) appears.

Figure 8-25 Summary

9. Click Next. The upgrade status of various components appears.

264 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
UPGRADE MAXPRO NVR SOFTWARE
Overview

Note: During upgrade, SQL Server 2008 Express is not upgraded to SQL Server 2012
Express to reduce upgrade time and only the Trinity database is updated with
changes required for v4.0.

10. When the upgrade is about to complete, the following message is displayed.

11. Click OK. The Finish dialog appears with the options to Validate and to Finish the
installation.

• Click Validate to verify the installed files on your NVR. If there are no errors then a
message appears - Setup has been validated successfully without any error.
Click here to view report. If there are errors, the message shows there are errors
and the report can be reviewed to identify the error and contact Honeywell technical
support if required to correct them on reinstall.

• Click Finish. The installation wizard starts all the services which may take a few
minutes. After the wizard closes, as mentioned in step 10 it is recommended to
Restart the system manually for the changes to take effect. If you are prompted to
reboot the system then the following message is displayed.

Figure 8-26 Reboot prompt

12. Click OK to complete the MAXPRO NVR upgrade.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 265

 UPGRADE MAXPRO NVR SOFTWARE
8 Overview

This page is intentionally left blank

266 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

MAXPRO NVR Web Client
9
In this chapter...

Section See page...

Introducing Web Client 267

Installing Web Client 267

Setting the MAXPRO Web Configurator 268

Creating Self Signed Certificate 274

Installing the Certificate 278

Procuring and Installing CA Certificate 280

Introducing Web Client

The MAXPRO NVR Web Client allows you to remotely access the MAXPRO NVR server and
perform video surveillance using a web browser such as Internet Explorer. It gives you the
flexibility to view live video and perform the basic video surveillance functions remotely over
the web.
MAXPRO NVR Web client is available with MAXPRO NVR 4.0. By default MAXPRO NVR installs
the Web client and MAXPRO Web Configurator along with the NVR 4.0 installation. You can
use the web client once you have installed the NVR 4.0.
MAXPRO NVR Web Client functions involve the following tasks:

• Viewing the live video

• Viewing Recorded Video (Playback)

• Taking Snapshot

• Viewing Presets

Limitation with Privacy Protection Settings

• Anonymization is not supported in Web. If user is tries to see Anonymized video and
also camera Anonymized option is enabled then an error message “Trying to access
Anonymized Stream” is displayed.

• When an Operator (non-admin) logs into the Web Client and tries to view playback
for any video then an error message “Four Eye authentication Privilege Failure” is
displayed.

Installing Web Client

By default MAXPRO NVR 4.0 installs the Web Client component on your machine. It also
installs the MaxproWEBConfigurator utility to change or update the system and server
configuration. If you want to access the MAXPRO NVR Server using Web Client remotely
through a supported web browser then you should install Silverlight on the remote machine.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 267

 MAXPRO NVR WEB CLIENT
9

Prerequisites to access MAXPRO NVR Server through Web Client

The following are the prerequisites to access the MAXPRO NVR server through Web Client.

• Silverlight : Ensure that Silverlight version 5 and above is installed on your machine.
If you don't have the Silverlight plug-in on your machine, you can download it from
the following Microsoft link. http://www.microsoft.com/getsilverlight/Get-
Started/Install/Default.aspx

Caution: For better security, close the browser upon logout.

Note: Silverlight plug-in is not supported by Chrome version 42.x or above and
Microsoft Edge browser.

• Web Browsers Supported on Windows Systems: Ensure that at least one of the
following supported web browsers are installed on your PC:

• Internet Explorer version 8 or above

• Firefox version 15.0.1 or above
• Chrome version 32.x to 41.x only.

Note MAXPRO NVR Web Client is only supported by below Web Browsers on
Windows 10 with Silverlight plug-in installed
• Internet Explorer version 11 or above
• Firefox version 40 or above

• Web Browsers Supported on MAC systems: Not supported.

Setting the MAXPRO Web Configurator

By default MAXPRO NVR installs the Web Configurator and is displayed on your
desktop.
MAXPRO NVR Web Configurator is a utility and it allows you to perform the following:
1. System Configuration
2. Server Configuration
3. Security Configuration
System Configuration tab: The system configuration tab allows you to update the
administrator user credentials and the FPS for a better Stream quality. It also allows you to set
the protocol for secure communication.
Server Configuration tab: The server configuration tab allows you to update the Web Server
and MAXPRO NVR Server IP details.
Security Configuration tab: The Security Configuration tab automates the manual process of
Creating Self Signed Certificate, Installing the Certificate, Binding the generated certificate

268 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
MAXPRO NVR WEB CLIENT

with https and registers the same with IIS to use the same. It also allows you to configure the
Silverlight control to access a service in another domain.

To set the Web Configurator

1. Double-click on the desktop. The MAXPRO Web Configurator dialog box

Figure 9-1 appears. By default the System Configuration tab is selected.

Figure 9-1 MAXPRO WebConfigurator

2. Under User Configuration: When the (non-window) Administrator log on name and
password is changed then you can update the credentials of MAXPRO NVR Web Client to
log on.

• Type the Username and Password and then click Update.

Note: You can update only the NVRAdministrator credentials used by the Web Server.
If you are changing the default administrator user credentials (admin/trinity) in
NVR through the desktop client, then you should change and update the
credentials in MaxproWEBConfigurator as well for Web Server to communicate
with NVR and Web Clients.
The Administrator credentials used by the Web Server should be configured as a
non-Windows Administrator user in the MAXPRO NVR through the desktop client.
As a good security practice, it is recommended to update the default credentials
on your system.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 269

 MAXPRO NVR WEB CLIENT
9

3. Under Stream Quality Configuration:

• Select the required Frames Per Second options as applicable and then click Save.
The available options are:

• As Per Frame: Select this option to view the video as per the camera stream
settings. If the camera supports 30 frames per second to stream the video then
you can view 30 frames per second and accordingly your bandwidth is
consumed. By default As Per Frame option is selected and it is recommended
not to change this option, because this provides you with the best quality video.
• Only IFrame: select this option if your bandwidth is low and if you want to view
only one IFrame per second.

Note MAXPRO NVR Web Client supports streaming quality resolution up to

1080p. Cameras configured above 1080p resolution are not supported. If
you drag and drop a camera configured with megapixel resolutions
(above 1080p) then a message appears and video is not displayed as
shown below.

4. Under Protocol Configuration:

• Click the appropriate Protocol options for secure communication. The available
options are HTTP, HTTPS, HTTPS (Only Video). By default HTTP and HTTPS
protocol is selected.

Note
• Video to the Web Client is always transmitted over HTTP. Non-video data is
transmitted over HTTPS/HTTP based on the protocol configuration settings.
• Please ensure ports required for both video and non-video data are
considered in any port forwarding settings required.

270 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
MAXPRO NVR WEB CLIENT

Note: If you want to access the web client using secured connection then click the
HTTPS option. When you access the MAXPRO NVR server using the URL
https://<MAXPRO NVR Server IP or Machine /Computer
name>/MAXPROWEB/ then the following message is displayed. Click Continue
to this website to proceed. It is recommended to verify the certificate to check
whether it is issued by a valid authority. See Viewing the Certificate Information
for more information.

The above message appears by default when you access the NVR server for the
first time. Honeywell recommends you to buy a Domain Name specific certificate,
create it and then install it. See the Creating Self Signed Certificate section on
page 274 and Installing the Certificate section on page 278 for more information.
Or You can use the MAXPROWeb Configurator utility to create the Self Signed
Certificate.
Or
You can create a self signed certificate and then install it. See the Creating Self
Signed Certificate section on page 274 and Installing the Certificate section on
page 278 for more information.
The above settings are applicable to Internet Explorer, Chrome, Firefox and Safari
web browsers. These settings are valid if the web client is accessed using the
Domain/Host Name. If you access the web client using the IP then the above
settings are not valid.

Caution: For better security, close the browser upon logout.

5. Under PTZ Configuration:

• Select the Enable PTZ check box to perform PTZ operations on a PTZ camera from
Web Client.

Note: PTZ feature is not supported and It is not recommended to use this feature in the
current release. Enabling PTZ will help in performing PTZ operations fro DOME
cameras from web client.

6. Click Save.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 271

 MAXPRO NVR WEB CLIENT
9

7. Click the Server Configuration tab. The Server Configuration screen (Figure 9-2) appears.

Figure 9-2 MAXPROWebConfigurator-Server Configuration

Note: By default the Web Server and the MAXPRO Server is installed on the NVR server
machine and the IPs are set by default to local IP or computer/machine name. If it
is not set by default in your system then it is recommended to change these
settings to NVR Server (local) computer/machine name. For Honeywell supplied
NVR boxes, default computer/machine name is MAXPRO-NVR and can be
updated in the configuration from the tool.

8. Under Server Configuration:

• Web Server IP: If the MAXPRO NVR server computer/machine name or IP (as
applicable) is changed then you should change the Web Server IP. Type the new
computer/machine name or IP (as applicable) in this box and then click Update.

• MAXPRO Server IP: If the MAXPRO NVR server computer/machine name or IP (as
applicable) is changed then you should change the MAXPRO Server IP. Type the
new computer/machine name or IP (as applicable) in this box and then click Update.
Both Web Server IP and MAXPRO Server IP should be same.

• Server Public IP: If you want to host the MAXPRO Web client via internet (or Public)
then you need to provide the Public Server IP.Type the new Public IP (as applicable)
in this box and then click Update.

272 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
MAXPRO NVR WEB CLIENT

9. Under Port Configuration:

• HttpPort:Ifyouwanttochangethehttpdefaultport80tosomeotherportnumberthentypetherequiredport
number and click Apply.

• HttpsPort:Ifyouwanttochangethehttpsdefaultport443tosomeotherportnumberthentypetherequired
port number and click Apply.
Port change option in the Configurator tool is available from 3.1 Build 65 Rev C or
higher version.

10. Click Save.

11. Click the Security Configuration tab. The Security Configuration screen (Figure 9-2)
appears.

Figure 9-3 MAXPROWebConfigurator-Security Configuration

12. Under SSL Certificate Configuration:

• Type the Port number in the box provided if the Https binding is other than 443 and
then click Apply. The default port is 443.

13. Under Transport Security, select the Enable Strict Transport Security check box to
avoid or protect from hacking.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 273

 MAXPRO NVR WEB CLIENT
9

14. Under Client Policy Configuration: Allows you to modify the

C:\inetpub\wwwroot\clientaccesspolicy.xml & C:\inetpub\wwwroot\crossdomain.xml file.

• Click the required Client Policy option. The available options are

• Auto Generate (Default): This options makes entries to the above files such that
the local Silverlight application (Web client) is able to make request to local
ISOM.
• Manual: If Web Client and ISOM are on different machine or any other Silverlight
application is trying to access ISOM then the above xml file need to be modified.
Choose manual to make the modification manually. For more information on
configuring Cross Domain or Client Access Policy browse the below websites:
http://www.adobe.com/devnet/articles/crossdomain_policy_file_spec.html
https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/cc197955(v=vs.95).aspx
• Allow All (non Secure): Non secure mode. If you want to allow all Silverlight
clients to connect to ISOM hosted on the machine then you can click this option.
Use with caution. This options also helps to troubleshoot the wrong
configurations by providing full access temporarily.

Note: Auto mode is flexible and is the recommended mode.

Caution: Ensure that you exercise caution while choosing the options other than
the Default.

15. Click Save.

Creating Self Signed Certificate

Note: Honeywell recommends you to use a valid certificate from a Certificate Authority
that would ensure robust security along with integrity and authenticity, instead of
using self-signed certificate. See Procuring and Installing CA Certificate section.

Self signed certificate is required if you want to access the MAXPRO NVR server using your
domain name. You should create a certificate, bind it to the https and then install the certificate
to access the server using the web browser (Internet Explorer, Chrome, Firefox and Safari).
To create self signed certificate
1. Open the Internet Information Manager (IIS) window.
2. Select the server node under Connections pane.

274 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
MAXPRO NVR WEB CLIENT

3. Under IIS, double click the Server Certificate option Figure 9-4.

Figure 9-4 Home

The Server Certificate window is displayed Figure 9-5.

Figure 9-5 Server Certificate

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 275

 MAXPRO NVR WEB CLIENT
9

4. Click the Create Self-Signed Certificate on the right-most pane. The Specify Friendly
Name dialog appears Figure 9-6.

Figure 9-6 Specify Friendly Name

5. Type a friendly name for the certificate and then click OK. A new certificate is generated
and listed under server certificates list as shown in Figure 9-7.

Figure 9-7 Generated Certificate

276 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
MAXPRO NVR WEB CLIENT

Binding the generated certificate with https

1. In the Internet Information Manager (IIS) window, expand the server node under
Connections pane.
2. Navigate to Sites > Default Web Site.
3. Click Bindings in the right-most pane. The Site Bindings dialog appears Figure 9-8.

Figure 9-8 Site Bindings Dialog

4. Select the type as https and then click Edit. The Edit Site Bindings dialog appears
Figure 9-9.

Figure 9-9 Edit Site Bindings

5. Select the Demo SSL certificate from the SSL Certificate drop-down list.
6. Select All Unassigned from the IP Address drop-down list.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 277

 MAXPRO NVR WEB CLIENT
9

Note: Ensure that you select All Unassigned option from the IP Address drop-down list
and the port should be 443.

7. Type the port number as 443.

8. Click OK.

Installing the Certificate

Once you have created a self signed certificate you need to install the certificate in the Internet
Explorer on machines accessing the web client. If you do not install the certificate then the
web browser displays the following error Figure 9-10.

Caution: For better security, close the browser upon logout.

Figure 9-10 Certificate Error

To view the error details, click on the Certificate Error message. A Untrusted Certificate
message box is displayed as shown below Figure 9-11.

Figure 9-11 Untrusted Certificate

To install the certificate

1. Click View Certificate as shown in Figure 9-11. The Certificate dialog box appears
Figure 9-12.

278 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
MAXPRO NVR WEB CLIENT

Tip: You can install the certificate using Internet Explorer. Once the installation is done you can
access the MAXPRO NVR server using other browsers on the same machine using your
domain name.

Figure 9-12 Certificate

2. Click the Install Certificate button. Certificate Import Wizard dialog box appears
Figure 9-13.

Figure 9-13 Certificate Import Wizard

3. Click the Browse button and then select the Trusted Certificate Authorities option.
4. Click Next until Finish button is displayed.
5. Click the Finish button. A confirmation message “you want to add the new certificate”
is displayed.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 279

 MAXPRO NVR WEB CLIENT
9 Procuring and Installing CA Certificate

Procuring and Installing CA Certificate

Note: Honeywell recommends you to use a valid certificate from a Certificate Authority
that would ensure robust security along with integrity and authenticity, instead of
using self-signed certificate

Installing an SSL Certificate in Windows Server

2008 (IIS 7.0)
Windows Server 2008 includes Internet Information Services (IIS) 7.0. This new version makes
several big changes in the way that SSL certificates are generated, making it much easier than
previous versions of IIS. In addition to the new method of requesting and installing SSL
certificates, IIS 7 includes the ability to:

• Request more than one SSL certificate at a time

• Import, export, and renew SSL certificates easily in IIS

• Quickly create a self-signed certificate for testing

Create the Certificate Signing Request

The first step in ordering an SSL certificate is generating a Certificate Signing Request. This is
very easy to do in IIS7 using the following instructions. perform the below steps to create the
Certificate Signing Request:
1. Click on the Start menu, go to Administrative Tools, and then click on Internet Information
Services (IIS) Manager. The IIS manger window is displayed.

Figure 9-14 IIS Home

280 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
MAXPRO NVR WEB CLIENT
Procuring and Installing CA Certificate

2. ClickonthenameoftheserverintheConnectionspaneontheleft.Double-clickonServerCertificates.

Figure 9-15 Create Certificate Request

3. In the Actions pane on the right, click on Create Certificate Request. The Request
Certificate dialog box appears

Figure 9-16 Request Certificate

4. Enter all of the following information about your company and the domain you are
securing and then click Next.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 281

 MAXPRO NVR WEB CLIENT
9 Procuring and Installing CA Certificate

Name Description Examples

Common Name The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of your *.google.com
server. This must match exactly what you type in mail.google.c
your web browser or you will receive a name om
mismatch error.
Organization The legal name of your organization. This should Google Inc.
not be abbreviated and should include suffixes
such as Inc, Corp, or LLC.
Organizational The division of your organization handling the IT
Unit certificate. (Most CAs don't validate this field) Web

City/Locality The city where your organization is located. Mountain View

State/province The state/region where your organization is California

located. This shouldn't be abbreviated.

Country/Region The two-letter ISO code for the country where US

your organization is location. GB

5. Leave the default Cryptographic Service Provider. Increase the Bit length to 2048 bit or
higher. Click Next.

Figure 9-17 Request Certificate

6. Click the button with the three dots and enter a location and filename where you want to
save the CSR file. Click Finish.

282 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
MAXPRO NVR WEB CLIENT
Procuring and Installing CA Certificate

Figure 9-18 Request Certificate

7. Once you have generated a CSR you can use it to order the certificate from a certificate
authority. If you don't already have a favorite, you can compare SSL features from each
provider using our SSL Wizard or by comparing cheap SSL certificates, Wildcard
Certificates, or EV certificates. Once you paste the contents of the CSR and complete the
ordering process, your order is validated, and you will receive the SSL certificate file.

Installing the Certificate

To install your newly acquired SSL certificate in IIS 7, first copy the file somewhere on the
server and then follow these instructions:

Note: Honeywell recommends you to use a valid certificate from a Certificate Authority
that would ensure robust security along with integrity and authenticity, instead of
using self-signed certificate

To install the certificate

1. Click on the Start menu, go to Administrative Tools, and click on Internet Information
Services (IIS) Manager.
2. Click on the name of the server in the Connections column on the left. Double-click on
Server Certificates.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 283

 MAXPRO NVR WEB CLIENT
9 Procuring and Installing CA Certificate

Figure 9-19 IIS Manger

3. In the Actions column on the right, click on Complete Certificate Request...as shown
below.

Figure 9-20 IIS Manger

4. Click the button with the three dots and select the server certificate that you received from
the certificate authority. If the certificate doesn't have a .cer file extension, select to view all
types. Enter any friendly name you want so you can keep track of the certificate on this
server. Click OK.

284 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
MAXPRO NVR WEB CLIENT
Procuring and Installing CA Certificate

Figure 9-21 Complete Certificate request

5. If successful, you will see your newly installed certificate in the list. If you receive an error
stating that the request or private key cannot be found, make sure you are using the
correct certificate and that you are installing it to the same server that you generated the
CSR on. If you are sure of those two things, you may just need to create a new Certificate
Request and reissue/replace the certificate. Contact your certificate authority if you have
problems with this.

Figure 9-22 IIS manger-Server Certificate

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 285

 MAXPRO NVR WEB CLIENT
9 Procuring and Installing CA Certificate

Bind the Certificate to a website

1. In the Internet Information Manager (IIS) window, expand the server node under
Connections pane.
2. Navigate to Sites > Default Web Site.
3. Click Bindings in the right-most pane. The Site Bindings dialog appears Figure 9-8.

Figure 9-23 Site Bindings Dialog

4. Click on the Add...button

5. Change the Type to https and then select the SSL certificate that you just installed. Click
OK.

Figure 9-24 Add Site Bindings

6. You will now see the binding for port 443 listed. Click Close..

286 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
MAXPRO NVR WEB CLIENT
Procuring and Installing CA Certificate

Install any Intermediate Certificates

Most SSL providers issue server certificates off of an Intermediate certificate so you will need
to install this Intermediate certificate to the server as well or your visitors will receive a
Certificate Not Trusted Error. You can install each Intermediate certificate (sometimes there is
more than one) using these instructions:
1. Download the intermediate certificate to a folder on the server.
2. Double click the certificate to open the certificate details.
3. At the bottom of the General tab, click the Install Certificate button to start the certificate
import wizard. Click Next.

Figure 9-25 Certificate

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 287

 MAXPRO NVR WEB CLIENT
9 Procuring and Installing CA Certificate

4. Select Place all certificates in the following store and click Browse.

Figure 9-26 Certificate Import Wizard

5. Check the Show physical stores checkbox, then expand the Intermediate Certification
Authorities folder, select the Local Computer folder beneath it. Click OK.
6. Click Next, then Finish to finish installing the intermediate certificate..

288 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
MAXPRO NVR WEB CLIENT
Procuring and Installing CA Certificate

Changing Default Port 443 for the MAXPRO Web

Client and MAXPRO Mobile app
Changing the default Port 443 for the MAXPRO Web Client and MAXPRO Mobile app is a two
step process:

• Changing the port 443 on the MAXPRO NVR.

• Changing the port in the MAXPRO Mobile app and MAXPRO Web Client.

Note: MAXPRO NVR Web Client and MAXPRO Mobile app share a common port.
Different ports cannot be assigned to the Web Client and Mobile app.

Step 1: Changing the Default Port 443 on the MAXPRO NVR

By default, Port 443 is configured for the MAXPRO Web Client and MAXPRO Mobile app to
connect to the NVR. If you need to modify the default port, perform the following procedure. If
you require further assistance, please contact your Network Administrator.

1. Double-click on the desktop. The MAXPRO Web Configurator dialog box appears.
By default the System Configuration tab is selected.
2. Click the Server Configuration tab the following screen appears Figure 9-27.

Figure 9-27 Server Configuration

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 289

 MAXPRO NVR WEB CLIENT
9 Procuring and Installing CA Certificate

3. Under Port Configuration:

• HttpPort:Ifyouwanttochangethehttpdefaultport80tosomeotherportnumberthentypetherequiredport
number and click Apply.

• Https Port: If you want to change the https default port 443 to some other port
number then type the required port number and click Apply.

Note: Port change option in the configurator tool is available from 3.1 Build 65 Rev C or
higher version.

Step 2: Changing the Port in the MAXPRO Web Client and

MAXPRO Mobile app

1. Launch MAXPRO Mobile by tapping on your mobile device.

2. Before you log on: Tap + in the right hand side to add NVR
1. Add the MAXPRO NVR Server:
• Select whether you want to connect through Remote network or Local network
• In the name field, enter the name (For example Demo/Site name) for the NVR.
• In the IP Address field, type the IP address/Host Name of the unit
• Type the Port number. The default port number is 443.
• Tap Add.

To change the port in MAXPRO NVR Web Client:

• Type the URL https://<MAXPRO NVR Server IP or Computer/Machine

name>:<PORT>/MAXPROWEB/ in your web browser and then press Enter. The
log In page appears.

Note: <MAXPRO NVR Server IP or Computer/Machine name> needs to be replaced

by the IP address or Computer/Machine name (as applicable) of the MAXPRO
NVR Server machine on which both the Web Server and the NVR Server are
installed by default. <PORT> needs to be replaced by the new port. For
example: if the port is changed to 1024 with the steps above, enter the URL as
https://74.x.x.x:1024/MAXPROWEB/

Caution: For better security, close the browser upon logout.

290 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
MAXPRO NVR WEB CLIENT
Procuring and Installing CA Certificate

Viewing the Certificate Information

If you see the below security message then it may not be from the valid certificate authority
and it would be the case of self signed. It is recommended to exercise caution and verify the
certificate and check whether the certificate details are matching with the server machine.

To verify the certificate details:

1. Click Continue to this web site (not recommended) link to proceed. The NVR Web
Login page is displayed.
2. Click Certificate Error as shown below. The Mismatch Address pop up message is
displayed.

Figure 9-28 Program Maintenance

3. Click View Certificate. The Certificate dialog box is displayed.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 291

 MAXPRO NVR WEB CLIENT
9 Procuring and Installing CA Certificate

Figure 9-29 Certificate dialog

4. Verify the following fields to check whether it is matching with the details of Server
machine.
• Issued to
• Issued By
• Valid From
5. Click the Details tab and then check other details.

Caution: For better security, close the browser upon logout.

292 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

MAXPRO NVR Mobile App
10
Introduction
This chapter describes how to connect to a MAXPRO® NVR using the MAXPRO®NVR Mobile
app on an Apple® or Android™ mobile devices. It also covers how to install the app and
creating the users for the MAXPRO NVR Mobile app.
With MAXPRO NVR Mobile App, you can perform every day video surveillance tasks such as:
• Configure and Logon using Touch ID (For Fingerprint recognition supported mobile
device only). Fingerprint Authentication login is supported for both Android and IOS
devices.
• HIS Streaming support where you can view live video if you have not installed
valid/trusted certificate.
• One time configuration for both Local and Remote connection.
• Live video view to monitor your house, facility, customers or employees.
• Digital zoom in and zoom out for full screen view in landscape or portrait.
• Playback or search for recorded video by date and time.
• Take a snapshot of a live or recorded video frame and use as an image.
• Create favorite salvos (cameras up to 3x3 on tablets and 2x4 on phones per salvo).
• Perform PTZ control through Presets.
• Monitor & Manage Alarms.
• Search for MAXPRO NVR and download the FREE app at the Apple® iTunes® App
Store or Google Play. For NVR 3.5 SP1 or older version search for: MAXPRO Mobile.

Enhancements i n NVR 5.0 Release

• Support for New Mobile app versions
• For Android: 1.3.0 (100030004)
• For IOS: 1.3.0 (100030001)
• New Supported OS: minSDKVersion = 21

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 293

 MAXPRO NVR MOBILE APP
10 Introduction

The following table explains the features available in MAXPRO NVR Apps and MAXPRO
Mobile Apps:

MAXPRO NVR Mobile app Installation

The MAXPRO NVR Mobile app is compatible with MAXPRO NVR v4.0 or later versions.

Minimum Requi rements

The MAXPRO NVR Mobile app minimum requirements are:

• Apple iPad, iPhone, and iPod touch running IOS 8 and later

• Android phones and tablets running v4.4 and later

• Internet connection to the MAXPRO NVR

• Wifi or 3G/4G connection for the Apple or Android device

The following table depicts the minimum bandwidth required for MAXPRO NVR mobile app to
function normally:

294 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
MAXPRO NVR MOBILE APP
Introduction

Installing the MAXPRO NVR Mobile app

1. Download the app by searching for MAXPRO NVR Mobile from the appropriate mobile
app store, either the Apple App Store or the Google Play Store (https://play.google.com/).

Apple mobile device Android mobile device

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 295

 MAXPRO NVR MOBILE APP
10 Introduction

2. When the application is successfully installed, the Honeywell MAXPRO Mobile icon
appears on the device.

Apple mobile device Android mobile device

Typical Network Configuration and Settings

Figure 10-1 shows a typical system setup. In applications where the mobile device connects
to the MAXPRO NVR through a public router, you must configure port forwarding on the router
as shown in Table 1-1. Please contact your Network Administrator for assistance.

296 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
MAXPRO NVR MOBILE APP
Introduction

Figure 10-1 System Diagram

Up to three mobile devices can be used simultaneously to view video from the NVR.

Note
• The default ports for the Mobile app on MAXPRO NVR is 80 and 443. See
the Changing Default Port 443 for the MAXPRO Web Client and MAXPRO Mobile
app section on page 289 for instructions on how to change the port number if
Port 80, 443 is already used or if there is more than one MAXPRO NVR
behind the router in the network.
• Video to the Mobile app is always transmitted over HTTP and Non-video data
is always transmitted over HTTPS.
• Please ensure ports required for both video and non-video data are considered
in any port forwarding settings required.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 297

 MAXPRO NVR MOBILE APP
10 Introduction

Table 1-1 Port Forwarding

Public Router IP Address External Port MAXPRO NVR IP Address Internal Port

74.xxx 80 192.168.1.101 80

74.xxx 443 192.168.1.101 443

Creating Users for the MAXPRO NVR Mobile app

The MAXPRO NVR Mobile app uses a non-Windows authentication. You need to create non-
Windows users in NVR to allow access from authorized mobile device users.

1. Launch MAXPRO NVR (double-click the MAXPRO NVR icon on your desktop).
2. On the Configurator tab, select the User tab, then click Add at the bottom.

298 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
MAXPRO NVR MOBILE APP
Introduction

• Double-click User in the User Name column. Type in a name for the MAXPRO
Mobile user. This is the name that will be used to log on to the mobile device to
connect to the MAXPRO NVR.
• (Optional) Double-click in the User Description column to add an appropriate
description (for example, Mobile app operator).
• In the Role drop-down list, select the appropriate user permission (for example,
Operator, as shown above).
• Select the Password Never Expire check box if you do not want to change the
password periodically.
• Select Anonymization Check box to use the Privacy Protection feature (GDPR
Favored). See Privacy Protection Settings section for more information.

Li mitation with Pr ivacy Protection Settings

• If Anonymization is enabled in NVR application, then user will not be able to see the
video in MAXPRO mobile app/Web client. An error message is displayed.

• Anonymization is not supported in Web. If user is tries to see Anonymized video and
also camera Anonymized option is enabled then an error message “Trying to access
Anonymized Stream” is displayed.

• If Four Eye Authentication option is enabled in NVR application then user will not be
able to view playback video in MAXPRO mobile app/Web client

• When an Operator (non-admin) logs into the Web Client and tries to view playback
for any video then an error message “Four Eye authentication Privilege Failure” is
displayed.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 299

 MAXPRO NVR MOBILE APP
10 Introduction

Selecting the Cameras to be Remotely Viewed

3. Provide access for the MAXPRO Mobile user to selected cameras, as required.
• Select the required cameras in the Available List, then click the right arrow to
move them to the Associated List.
• Click Save.

Adding the MAXPRO NVR to the MAXPRO NVR

Mob il e ap p
In the MAXPRO NVR Mobile app, you must add the MAXPRO NVR so that you can view video.

1. Launch MAXPRO NVR Mobile by tapping on your mobile device.

300 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
MAXPRO NVR MOBILE APP
Introduction

2. Before you log on: Tap in the right hand side to view the available NVRs or to add
new NVR.

Apple mobile device Android mobile device

Apple mobile device Android mobile device

Tap to add a new NVR Recorder. Tap to add a new NVR Recorder

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 301

 MAXPRO NVR MOBILE APP
10 Introduction

3. In the Add Recorder screen:

• In the NVR Name field, type the name (For example Demo/Site name) for the
NVR.
• In the Local IP field, type the local IP address/Host name of the unit.
• In the Remote IP field, type the remote IP address/Host name of the unit.
• Type the Port number. The default port number is 443.

Apple mobile device Android mobile device

Tap Save to complete adding NVR Tap Save to complete adding NVR
Recorder. Recorder.

4. Log on: You can Log on in two ways, Manual and Finger Print Touch ID. (Finger Print
Touch ID logon is supported only for IOS devices).
• For Manual Logon:
• In the Username field enter the name that was created for the mobile device
user in MAXPRO NVR (see the Creating Users for the MAXPRO NVR Mobile
app section on page 298).
• In the Password field enter the appropriate password.
• Under Connect to, ensure that your Recorder is selected or tap > to connect to
a different recorder.
• Select the Remember User Name check box If you want the app to remember
the User Name for your future login.
• (Only for Android Devices): Select the Validate Server Authenticity check box If
you want to validate the server.
• Tap on Terms at the bottom of the screen to read the EULA terms and
conditions.

302 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
MAXPRO NVR MOBILE APP
Introduction

Apple mobile device Android mobile device

Tap Sign In. Tap Log In.

• For Touch ID logon, see Logon using Touch ID (Fingerprint Authenticated) for
more information.

Logon usi ng Touch ID (Fingerpri nt Authenti cated)

Touch ID logon (For Fingerprint recognition supported mobile device only): This feature is
supported for fingerprint secured Android and IOS mobile devices. Maximum of 5 users
fingerprints can be configured per mobile device. The first login should be manual login and
you need to enter the credentials manually. After that, the succeeding logins can be based on
fingerprint authentication. The Fingerprint authentication logon option is displayed after the
first manual logon. You can see the fingerprint icon on the bottom left corner of the login
screen. Touch ID logon feature is supported for both Android and IOS devices.To use the
Touch ID logon facility user needs to verify the Touch ID

Verifying the Touch ID

Pre-requisite:
To verify the Touch ID configuration, it is assumed that the user should have configured the
Fingerprint authentication under Settings to unlock the mobile. Refer corresponding Mobile
(IOS) user manuals to set the Fingerprint based authentication to unlock.
1. Manually logon to the MAXPRO app and then navigate to Settings screen as shown
below.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 303

 MAXPRO NVR MOBILE APP
10 Introduction

Apple mobile device Android mobile device

Tap Settings.

2. Tap the toggle button to turn on the Touch ID Login as shown below.

Apple mobile device Android mobile device

304 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
MAXPRO NVR MOBILE APP
Introduction

Once the Touch ID login is ON, the Configure Touch ID screen is displayed as shown below.

Apple mobile device Android mobile device

Tap Verify My Fingerprint to start verifying Tap Verify My Fingerprint to start verifying
the fingerprint. the fingerprint.

3. Follow the instructions on the screen during the verification process. You need to touch
and hold the Home button multiple times to verify the fingerprint. If the verification is
successful then the Success message is displayed as shown.

Apple mobile device Android mobile device

Tap Done to complete. Tap Done to complete.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 305

 MAXPRO NVR MOBILE APP
10 Introduction

4. Tap Done to complete the configuration. Fingerprint authentication option is now

displayed as highlighted below.

Apple mobile device Android mobile device

5. Place your finger on the Fingerprint icon as highlighted above. You will be logged in to
MAXPRO app.

Note: Ensure that the first logon should be Manual logon.

Enable HIS Stre ami ng

HIS Streaming feature allows you to view the live video even if you dont have valid certificate
installed on the server for secure connection. You can still view the live video frame by frame to
ensure you are surveillance process is smooth and continuous. By default HIS Streaming
feature is enabled in the app. This feature detects your trusted certificate status automatically
and intimates if you are viewing live video through HIS Streaming. You can use HIS streaming
in the following scenarios:
• if you have not installed valid/trusted certificate on the Server.
• if your trusted certificate is expired.

306 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
MAXPRO NVR MOBILE APP
Introduction

By default HIS Streaming is enabled in Settings screen as shown below.

Apple mobile device Android mobile device

Adding Multiple NVR Recorders

To add additional NVR on the mobile app:

Note: Maximum 20 NVR configurations are allowed.

1. Tap on the login screen. The list of already saved NVRs under My Recorders screen
is displayed.

2. Tap . The Add Recorder screen is displayed.

3. Add the MAXPRO NVR Recorder as follows:
• In the NVR Name field, type the name (For example Demo/Site name) for the
NVR.
• In the Local IP field, type the local IP address/Host name of the unit.
• In the Remote IP field, type the remote IP address/Host name of the unit.
• Type the Port number. The default port number is 443.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 307

 MAXPRO NVR MOBILE APP
10 Introduction

4. Repeat the step 1 through step 3 to add multiple NVR Recorders.

Apple mobile device Android mobile device

Tap Save to complete adding NVR Tap Save to complete adding NVR
Recorder. Recorder.

308 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
MAXPRO NVR MOBILE APP
Introduction

Editing NVR Recorder Details

To edit the NVR Recorder details:

Apple mobile device Android mobile device

Tap . The already saved NVRs are Tap . The already saved NVRs are
displayed. displayed
On the required NVR recorder, gently swipe On the required NVR recorder, gently swipe
to right-side. The Edit and Delete options to right-side. The Edit and Delete options
are displayed as shown. are displayed as shown.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 309

 MAXPRO NVR MOBILE APP
10 Introduction

Apple mobile device Android mobile device

Tap on Edit. The Edit Recorder screen is Tap on Edit. The Edit Recorder screen is
displayed. displayed.
Modify the required details. Modify the required details.
Tap Save once you modify the details. Tap Save once you modify the details.

310 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
MAXPRO NVR MOBILE APP
Introduction

Deleting the Saved NVR Recorders

To delete the saved NVR Recorders:

Apple mobile device Android mobile device

Tap . The already saved NVRs are Tap . The already saved NVRs are
displayed. displayed.
On the required NVR recorder, gently swipe On the required NVR recorder, gently swipe
to right-side. The Edit and Delete options to right-side. The Edit and Delete options
are displayed as shown. are displayed as shown.
Tap Delete to delete the existing NVR Tap Delete to delete the existing NVR
server. A warning message is displayed. server. A warning message is displayed.
Tap Yes to delete Or Tap Cancel to retain. Tap Yes to delete Or Tap Cancel to retain.

Changing Default Port 443 for the MAXPRO Web

Client and MAXPRO NVR Mobile app
See the Changing Default Port 443 for the MAXPRO Web Client and MAXPRO Mobile app
section on page 289 for more information.

Note: Honeywell recommends you to use a valid certificate from a Certificate

Authority that would ensure robust security along with integrity and
authenticity, instead of using self-signed certificate. See Procuring and
Installing CA Certificate section.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 311

 MAXPRO NVR MOBILE APP
10 Introduction

Li mitation wi th Privacy Protection Settings in MAXPRO Mobile App

• If Anonymization is enabled in NVR application then user will not be able to see the
video in MAXPRO mobile app/Web client and an error message is displayed.
• If Four eye authentication option is enabled in NVR application then user will not be
able to view playback video in MAXPRO mobile app/Web client.

312 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 A
Appendix A

Customizing IP Address and Machine Name

and Scheduling Metadata and Database
Backup

Changing the Default IP address and Machine

Name
See the Changing the MAXPRO NVR IP Address and Machine Name section on page 57 for
more information.

Scheduled Metadata and Database Backup

A common batch file is created for taking the scheduled metadata and database backup.
The following sections describe the procedures to setup scheduled metadata and database
backup.

Note It is recommended to set up scheduled backups of Metadata and

Database with the below steps if they are not already configured on your
NVR. The backups can be used to recover a system anytime later in case
of a failure or if the OS drive is reimaged with a recovery disk, please
contact Technical Support for assistance. Please note the below steps do
not include backup or recovery of the Video Storage drives containing the
raw video data. Below is the recommended configuration:
a. Separate Metadata partition (For example M:) of 50 GB or higher size on the
non-OS hard drive. Metadata can be pointed to the separate partition during
the install/upgrade.
b. The database backup is recommended to be pointed to the Metadata
partition.
c. The Metadata backup is recommended to be pointed to the OS partition.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 313

 APPENDIX A
A Scheduled Metadata and Database Backup

Scheduled Task for Backing up the Metadata and

Database
In this scenario, create a scheduled task that helps in taking either a daily backup or a weekly
backup or a monthly back up of the metadata based on your requirement.
1. On the Microsoft Windows® 7 computer, right-click the Computer option, and click
Manage in the context menu as shown in the following figure.

The Computer Management window appears Figure A-1.

Figure A-1 Computer Management

314 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
APPENDIX A
Scheduled Metadata and Database Backup

2. Right-click Task Scheduler on the left pane, and click Create Basic Task in the context
menu as shown in the following figure Figure A-2.

Figure A-2 Task Scheduler

The Create a Basic Task dialog box appears Figure A-3.

Figure A-3 Create Basic Task

3. Type the Name of the task.
4. Type a Description for the task.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 315

 APPENDIX A
A Scheduled Metadata and Database Backup

5. Click Next. The Task Trigger dialog box appears Figure A-4.

Figure A-4 Task Trigger

6. Select the Daily option. You can select other options based on your requirement.
7. Click Next. The Daily dialog box appears Figure A-5.

Figure A-5 Daily Dialog

8. In the Start box, select the start date and time of the task.
9. Select the Synchronize across time zones check box to synchronize the time across
different time zones.
10. Type the days in Recur every, to run the task periodically.

316 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
APPENDIX A
Scheduled Metadata and Database Backup

11. Click Next. The Action dialog box appears Figure A-5.

Figure A-6 Action dialog

12. Select the Start a Program option.
13. Click Next. The Start a Program dialog box appears Figure A-7.

Figure A-7 Start a Program

14. Select the Program/script that is required to run the task. Click Browse and choose the
.bat file - TakeNVRBackup.bat.
TakeNVRbackup.bat file is available in the path C:\Install\BackupData for NVRs with v3.5 or
later version.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 317

 APPENDIX A
A Scheduled Metadata and Database Backup

Note: Please save the batch file (if you make any changes) in the following location:
C:\Install\BackupData\TakeNVRBackup.bat. The following are the two new
entries in the .bat file set BackupDBDrive=M: set BackupMetaDataDrive=C.
By default the Backup Database (BackupDB) is stored in M drive and the
Metadata (BackupMetaData) is stored in C drive. It is recommended to choose M
and C drive for DB and Metadata backup, but you can choose your own drives
(for example: E, D, H drives) to store the backup file.

@echo off
echo *********************************************************************
echoBatch File to take MAXPRONVR Metadata and Database Backup
echo *********************************************************************
REM *********************************************************************
REM To Change the Backup Drive please change the value below
set BackupDBDrive=M:
set BackupMetaDataDrive=C:
REM *********************************************************************

Note: To change the Backup Drive, change the value of set BackupDBDrive=D:\.

15. Click Next after you have selected the above batch file. The Summary dialog box
appears.
16. Verify the information, and then click Finish.

Meta Data Conversion Utility

Meta data conversion utility is used for updating the unique ID number of a camera in a
primary/redundant box. You can use this utility only if you are opting for Redundancy feature.
You need to run this utility before configuring the Redundancy feature in MAXPRO VMS and
ensure that all the Primary NVR boxes are updated with proper unique IDs for the cameras.
This utility updates the unique system ID number of the recorded clips and Meta data details
for all or specific cameras. It retains your recorded clips and Meta data details during Failover
/Failback operations. This allows a user to effectively playback the recorded clip without loss
of video. You can also define a new Unique ID for all or required cameras based on the
existing Unique IDs.
Meta data conversion utility is available in Bin folder of the installation path and you need to
run this utility in each NVR box individually to update the unique system number. This utility is
applicable only for existing MAXPRO NVR 4.0 Build 87 H solution box.

Offline Mode
You can also use this utility to synchronize the Unique ID in offline mode for specific cameras.
Offline Mode option enables you to update the unique ID manually if you have
modified/updated the unique ID only in one NVR box (such as Primary box). To synchronize
the unique ID number in both the primary and redundant box you need to run this utility in the
Redundant NVR box.

318 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
APPENDIX A
Scheduled Metadata and Database Backup

For example for an existing Redundancy User: After Failover/Failback operation, if you have
modified/updated the Unique ID in Primary box and the same in not updated in the
Redundant box then you cannot playback the clips when the system was in Failover/Failback
mode. You need to run this utility in the Redundant box in order to synchronize the IDs and to
playback the clips without interruption. See How to update the Unique ID in Offline Mode
section on page 322.

How to access the Meta Data Conversion Utility

To access the Meta Data Conversion Utility
1. Navigate to the MAXPRO NVR 4.0 installation path (C:\Program Files
(x86)\Honeywell\TrinityFramework\Bin) folder and then click the Meta Data Conversion
Utility. The login screen appears as shown below.

Figure A-8 Meta Data Conversion Utility Login

2. Type the Username and Password in box provided.
Or
Select the Is Windows User to login using windows default credentials.

Note: Select the Is Windows User check box for logging on using the Windows
authentication (uses current logged in Windows account credentials). If the Is
Windows User check box is cleared, the MAXPRO NVR user name and
password is used for authentication. Ensure that you avoid using the @ character
in your password.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 319

 APPENDIX A
A Scheduled Metadata and Database Backup

3. Click Login. The Meta Data Conversion Utility home screen appears a shown below.

Figure A-9 Meta Data Conversion Utility

Updating the Unique system ID for all Cameras

To update the Unique system ID for all cameras
1. Access and launch the Meta Data Conversion Utility as explained in How to access the
Meta Data Conversion Utility section on page 319. By default the Recorded Clips Location
and Meta data location is updated with your default path.

2. Click to add additional location for Recorded Clips Location.

Or

Click to delete any Recorded Clips Location.

3. Click to browse and update the existing Meta data path.

4. Click All Cameras option.
5. In the Start System Number box, type the starting number for all the cameras.
6. Click Next. The next screen for the utility is displayed and the New Unique ID for all the
cameras is updated automatically from the start number defined as shown below.

320 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
APPENDIX A
Scheduled Metadata and Database Backup

Figure A-10 Define Unique ID screen

7. Click Run to execute the utility.
Or
Click Back togo back to home screen to change the settings.

Updating the Unique system ID for Specific Camer as

To update the Unique system ID for Specific Cameras
1. Perform step 1 through step 3 of Updating the Unique system ID for all Cameras section
on page 320.
2. Click Specific Camera(s) option, and then click Next. The next screen for the utility is
displayed and the New Unique ID column for all the cameras is displayed blank as
shown below.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 321

 APPENDIX A
A Scheduled Metadata and Database Backup

Figure A-11 Updating Unique ID

3. Scroll up and down to view the specific cameras and then type the required New Unique
ID in the corresponding box.
4. Click Run to execute the utility.
Or
Click Reset to reset all ID.

How to update the Unique ID in Offline Mode

To update the unique ID in offline mode
1. In the Meta Data Conversion Utility home page, click Specific Camera(s) option, and
then select the Offline Mode check box as shown below.

322 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
APPENDIX A
Scheduled Metadata and Database Backup

Figure A-12 Offline Mode

2. Click Next. The next screen for the utility is displayed and the New Unique ID column for
all the cameras is displayed blank as shown below.

Figure A-13 Offline Updating Unique ID

3. Scroll up and down to view the specific cameras to update the unique ID and then type
the required New Unique ID in the corresponding box.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 323

 APPENDIX A
A Scheduled Metadata and Database Backup

4. Click Run to execute the utility.

Or
Click Reset to reset all ID.

How to Enable Video on demand feature in

MAXPRO NVR
1. Launch the Registry Editor Window.
2. Navigate to the below registry path HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE->SOFTWARE-
>Wow6432Node->Honeywell->MaxproNVR->TrinityFramework.
3. Locate OnDemandLiveStreaming parameter and in the Data column.
4. By default value is 0 means its not enabled, If user want to enable Video on demand
feature it must be set to 1 as shown below. Change the 0x00000000 (0) value to
0x00000000 (1)

5. Restart the PC and both the NEO (NEO 1 and 2) services for the changes to take effect.

Note In VMS no need to perform any settings or config changes to enable VOD feature. No
recordings will take place in NVR once Video On Demand feature is enabled.

How to allow Enable/Disable of cameras and

Enable Camera stream Redirect to NVR in ISOM
1. Navigate the path in NVR C:\Program Files (x86)\Honeywell\UVISOM.

324 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
APPENDIX A
Scheduled Metadata and Database Backup

2. Open web.config file in notepad and check the below 2 entries:

<add key="RedirectStreamtoNVR" value="0"/>
<add key="EnableDisableCamera" value="0"/>
3. By default both are set to "0". means it is disabled. To enable the feature change the
value from 0 to 1 as highlighted below.

Note: Once Video On Demand is configured to be used in MAXPRO NVR then

Enable/Disable camera feature can be turned off.

To enable this feature in MAXPRO VMS Server then perform the following steps:
1. Navigate the path in VMS C:\Program Files (x86)\Honeywell\UVISOM.
2. Repeat the step 2 to step 3 of How to allow Enable/Disable of cameras and Enable
Camera stream Redirect to NVR in ISOM section.

Note: Make sure MAXPRO Web client is working.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 325

 APPENDIX A
A Scheduled Metadata and Database Backup

This page is intentionally left blank

326 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

Appendix B
B
Image Stream Combinations for Oncam
Grandeye Cameras

For Oncam Grandeye Evolution Cameras

Camera Type Resolution Best fps (MAX)(H.264)
Evolution 1056x960 15

2144x1944 10

1448x1360 15

528x480 15

Device Characteristics of Oncam Grandeye

Cameras

Characteristic Camera Type Comments

Camera provides variable fps. Halocam As per Grandeye, fps varies
Example: For highest resolution, and cannot go beyond the
2144x1944, maximum fps a maximum value, 3. This is the
camera can provide is 3. On design specific behavior of the
several occasions, it is seen that camera.
fps varies from 1 to 3, and very
rarely a camera provides
3 fps.
Camera provides variable fps. Evolution As per Grandeye, fps varies
Example: For highest resolution, and cannot go beyond the
2144x1944, maximum fps a maximum value 10. This is the
camera can provide is 10. design specific behavior of the
camera.
On several occasions, it is seen
that fps varies from 6 to 10, and
very rarely a camera provides
10 fps.

Before streaming, the active Evolution As per Grandeye this is the

Camera stream (Resolution) design specific behavior of the
must be set in the Camera Web camera.
page.
In MAXPRO NVR, if you do not
select the active stream, video is
not displayed.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 327

 APPENDIX B
B VMD Settings and Motion-based Recording Configuration

VMD Settings and Motion-based Recording

Configuration
VMD setup consists of:

• Event-based recording configuration on MAXPRO NVRs.

• Server VMD (SMART VMD) settings on all video devices supported in MAXPRO NVR.

• Built-in VMD (Camera based VMD) settings on Honeywell IP cameras.

Overview of MAXPRO NVR Recording Options

Each IP camera configured in the NVR can be set for Continuous (background) recording,
event-based recording, or both.
When using event-based recording, Honeywell recommends that you:

• Set up recording on events at a higher frame rate

• Set up continuous (background) recording at a lower frame rate

Continuous (background) recording at a lower frame rate and event-based recording with
boosted higher frame rate ensure that:

• Video recording is not missed in the event that the motion is not sufficient to trigger a
VMD event on the camera; that is, the motion does not meet the configured VMD
threshold on the camera.

• Video records longer than pre and post event recording with the lower frame rate; that is,
Continuous (background) recorded video provides better forensics.

MAXPRO NVR supports recording at different frame rates for each camera using a single live
stream from the camera and recording quality settings. The NVR Recording Quality Setting
options for Continuous (background) and Event recording are:

• Same as Live

• Every IFrame

• Every Second IFrame

• Every Third IFrame.

Example:
For a camera configured in the NVR with these settings:

• FPS = 5

• GOP = 5

• Record Quality Setting: Background/Continuous Recording = Every IFrame

• Event Based Recording = Same as Live

The result is a Continuous (background) record rate of 1 FPS and a boosted event-based
record rate of 5 FPS.

328 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
APPENDIX B
VMD Settings and Motion-based Recording Configuration

Note
• A combination of continuous and event-based recording from a camera can
be achieved using the relationship between Frames Per Second (FPS) and
Group Of Pictures (GOP).
• FPS is a measure of the images every second from the camera, while GOP
determines how frames are sequenced.
• Every GOP starts with an I-frame (full image) and is followed by smaller
images which are relative to the images preceding it. So, for a GOP of 5 there
will be one I-frame for every 5 frames.

The following figure shows an example of three seconds of video at 5 FPS and 5 GOP.

Figure B-1 I-frame Example

The NVR record Quality Settings for Continuous (background) and Event recording can be
used to achieve different level of FPS by selecting one of the following options.

• Same as Live: Every frame is recorded (5 FPS in the example)

• Every I-frame: Every I-frame is recorded (1 FPS in the example)

• Every Second Iframe: Every second I-frame is recorded (1 frame every 2 seconds in the
example)

• Every Third Iframe: Every third I-frame is recorded (1 frame every 3 seconds in the
example)

For more detailed information on the relationship between FPS and GOP and example
settings to achieve different frame rates, refer to the table below:

Note: GOP value below 5 may not be achieved from all the cameras.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 329

 APPENDIX B
B VMD Settings and Motion-based Recording Configuration

Configuring the Pre and Post Event Recording

Se ttings
See the Event Recording Settings section on page 128 for more information on configuring
the pre and post event recording settings.

Configuring Camera Settings for VMD-Based

Re cordi ng
1. Click the Configurator tab and then the Camera tab to open the Camera configuration
page (Figure B-2).

Figure B-2 Camera configuration page

• For built-in (Camera-based) VMD configuration, open the camera web page by
clicking Launch Web View for Advanced Setup. See the Configuring Built-in VMD
(Camera based VMD) on Honeywell IP Cameras section on page 331 for more
information.
• For Server-based VMD (SMART VMD) configuration, select the Enable SMART VMD
check box and click Configure. See the Server VMD (SMART VMD) section on
page 331 for more information.

Note: Built-in (Camera-based) VMD support in NVR is based on the type of device
integration and may not be supported for all devices. Please refer to the MAXPRO
NVR compatibility list on HOTA website
(http://www.security.honeywell.com/hota/) for details. Server VMD (SMART VMD)
is supported for all video devices supported by NVR.

330 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
APPENDIX B
VMD Settings and Motion-based Recording Configuration

2. Select a camera to configure the following items in the Camera pane:

• Continuous Recording (default=24x7): In the Continuous Recording drop-
down list, select the appropriate value. Honeywell recommends 24x7 for
continuous recording. There are several standard options for scheduled
recording. You can define additional schedules in the Schedules tab.
• Event Based Recording (default=NONE): In the Event based Recording
drop-down list, select the appropriate value. Select a setting other than NONE to
activate event-based recording. The typical setting would be 24x7. There are
also several standard options for scheduled recording. You can define
additional schedules in the Schedules tab.

Se rv er VMD (SMART VMD)

See the Server VMD (SMART VMD) section on page 331 for more information.

Configuring Built-in VMD (Came ra base d VMD) on

Honeywell IP Cameras
Use the Camera Web Client to configure VMD on the camera itself.
For motion detection, an Administrator can enable and configure up to five zones within a
scene. The enabled and configured zones are monitored for motion.
1. Click the Video Analytics tab.
2. Click the Region drop-down list in the Video Motion Detection pane, then select a
region from the five available.
3. Click the VMD drop-down arrow, and then select Enable.
4. The regions appear as colored rectangles in their default positions. Click and drag the
box to resize and place it over the camera image. This box is the region of interest.
5. Click Motion Threshold and then select the sensitivity level:
• Low (30%) (most sensitive)
• Medium (50%)
• High (80%) (least sensitive).
It is recommended that you use the medium sensitivity at 50% as the initial setting. It can be
further adjusted as explained in Fine Tuning the Video Motion Detection section on page
332.
6. Click Apply.

Note
• To ensure that the VMD settings have been applied, navigate to another tab,
and then back to the Video Settings tab. Check the VMD settings for the
changes you made.
• In the unlikely event that the VMD settings are not applied, please try to log
off from the software and log on again. Then repeat step 1 through step 5
above.

Disabling Motion Detection

To disable a zone, click the VMD drop-down arrow and then select Disable.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 331

 APPENDIX B
B VMD Settings and Motion-based Recording Configuration

Fi ne Tuning the Video Motion Detection

For optimum results, adjust the VMD configuration to match the camera field of view, regions
of interest and other factors. The recommended configuration procedure is:
1. Identify areas in the image where motion detection alarms should be triggered. In some
applications, motion anywhere in the image needs to be reported. In other applications,
you may wish to monitor specific areas such as doors, parking lot entrances, or other
areas of interest.
2. Select one of the five available regions for each area of interest and draw the
region-of-interest box for that region to fully cover the area of interest.
Tip: The camera only measures motion inside the drawn box. For example, a person or vehicle
moving along the boundary of the box may or may not trigger an alarm, because their motion
is only partially evaluated. Therefore, it is important to adjust the region-of-interest boxes to
fully cover the required areas of interest.
3. Test your initial configuration setup by observing VMD performance to ensure that
relevant scene motion triggers alarms and to ensure that the camera is not reporting false
alarms (such as VMD alarms triggered due to image noise). In cameras with a wide field
of view, or when activity happens far away from the camera, people and vehicles may
appear rather small in the image. In such cases, it may not be possible to apply a single
area of interest to the whole field of view to reliably detect motion. In such cases,
Honeywell recommends covering the camera view with multiple, smaller region-of-
interest boxes, concentrating on specific areas where motion alarms are important, such
as entrances, restricted access areas, and so on.
4. Use the medium sensitivity of 50% as the initial setting. You can adjust this further if
required.

Note: Observe VMD performance in all expected lighting conditions after the initial
configuration is applied. Ensure that relevant scene motion triggers alarms and
ensure that the camera is not reporting false alarms (such as VMD alarms
triggered due to image noise).

Increasi ng VMD Sensitivity

If the relevant scene motion does not trigger VMD alarms, try the following adjustments to
increase VMD sensitivity.
• Decrease the sensitivity level from 80% to 50%, or from 50% to 30%. This change
causes smaller objects to trigger alarms and it requires smaller contrast level to
report an alarm. This should be the primary adjustment mechanism.
• Reduce the size of the region-of-interest box and, if needed, add more regions.
Note that this adjustment causes smaller objects to also trigger VMD alarms.
Tip: After VMD sensitivity is increased, observe the performance in other lighting conditions in
case further tuning is required to prevent false alarms.

332 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
APPENDIX B
VMD Settings and Motion-based Recording Configuration

Decreasi ng VMD Sensi tivity

If VMD alarms are triggered even when there is no motion and no significant changes in the
video, try the following adjustments to decrease VMD sensitivity.
• Increase the sensitivity level from 30% to 50%, or from 50% to 80%. This primary
adjustment mechanism increases the required contrast level (or amount of
noise) required to trigger an alarm. Higher sensitivity levels also require larger
amounts of motion to be observed before a VMD alarm is triggered.
• Increase the size of the region-of-interest box. This adjustment prevents smaller
objects (or smaller areas of noise) from triggering VMD alarms.

VMD Confi gur ati on Examples

The sensitivity level examples below are provided only for illustration. Other factors such as
lighting level, contrast, and image noise may affect VMD performance and may require further
tuning adjustments as described above.
Normal Field of View
In a normal field of view, with a person walking in front of the camera, the maximum
recommended region-of-interest box sizes would be as shown by the red boxes in
Figure B-3.

Figure B-3 Sensitivity Level Comparison: Normal Field of View

Wide Field of View

In a wide field of view camera, the car shown below (Figure B-4)would be expected to trigger
a VMD alarm if the VMD region-of-interest box is not larger than indicated by the red box.

Figure B-4 Sensitivity Level Comparison: Wide Field of View

Combination Field of View

For cameras with a wide-angle field of view covering a large outdoor scene, people who walk
far away from the camera might appear rather small in the image. If motion needs to be
detected in the entire field of view, the following region-of-interest box configuration is
recommended.
• Three smaller boxes, set to 30% sensitivity, covering the upper portion of the
image where people appear small.
• Two larger boxes, set to 50% sensitivity, covering the lower portion of the image
where objects appear larger.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 333

 APPENDIX B
B Event and Alarm Types

Figure B-5 illustrates a typical region-of-interest box configuration in a combination field of

view.

Figure B-5 Combination Field of View Example

Event and Alarm Types

This section describes about the various default Event and Alarm types with severity level for
Camera, Recorder and SMART VMD.

Camera Level Events and Alarm types

The following table displays the 17 default camera level Events and Alarm types with
description and severity level.
The EventSeverity level above 50 is an alarm and below 50 is an event.
See the Setting the Alarm Threshold Value section on page 110 to set the Alarm Severity
Threshold value.

EventID EventDescription EventSeverity

3 Camera User Recording Started 20

4 Camera User Recording Completed 20

5 Camera Disconnected 40

6 Camera Connected 40

7 Camera Continuous Recording Disabled 20

8 Camera Continuous Recording Enabled 20

9 Camera Event Recording Started 30

10 Camera Event Recording Completed 30

11 Camera Disabled 20

12 Camera Enabled 20

13 Camera User Recording Error 30

14 Camera NoMotion Detected 40

15 Camera Motion Detected 40

16 Camera Motion Started 40

17 Camera Motion Stopped 30

18 Camera Motion Stopped in all regions 10

334 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
APPENDIX B
Event and Alarm Types

EventID EventDescription EventSeverity

139 ExternalInput2 40

Vi deo Analytics Events

The following table displays the 5 default Video Analytics Events with description and severity
level. New EquIP series model cameras (HFD6GR1, HSW2G1, HCD8G, HBD8GR1,
H4D8GR1, HDZ302DE, HDZ302D, HDZ302DIN) generates the following events.

Note: User need to configure the following events in the camera web page to view in
the Alarms window.

EventID EventDescription EventSeverity

2066 Face Detected 40

Tamper Detected

Audio Detected

Device SD Card Full

Device SD Card Failure

Recorder Level Events and Alarm types

The following table displays the 4 default Recorder level Events and Alarm types with
description and severity level.

EventID EventDescription EventSeverity

1 Recorder Connected 70

2 Recorder Disconnected 70

22 Low disk space 70

27 Missing Storage Drive 50

33 Low Archival Disk Space 70

34 Missing Archival Drive 50

SMART VMD Level Events and Alarm types

The following table displays the default SMART VMD level Events and Alarm types with
description and severity level.

EventID Event Description EventSeverity

28 SMART VMD Connected 40

29 SMART VMD Disconnected 40

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 335

 APPENDIX B
B Event and Alarm Types

Configuring Loitering & Intrusion Trace Alarms

H4L6GR2 and HBL6GR2 camera models support both Intrusion Trace and Loitering Trace
Alarms. User needs to configure these alarms in specific camera web page. You need to first
upgrade the firmware of the camera and then configure the alarms.

How to upgrade the Fi rmwar e of a camera

1. Launch the required camera web page.
2. Click the Setup tab.
3. On the left pane, navigate to System Setup > Upgrade. The Upgrade page is displayed
as shown below.

Figure B-6 Upgrade Firmware - Setup Page

4. Click Import to import the Latest Firmware file and then click Upgrade.

How to confi gure Loi ter ing Trace Alarm

Note: You can configure and use only one alarm license at once. If you want to view
another type of alarm then uninstall the previous firmware, install the required
firmware and then configure the alarm.

Tip: The below procedure is also applicable to configure the Intrusion Trace Alarms.
1. After the camera firmware upgrade is done, in the camera web page navigate to Video
Analytics > Smart Plan. The Smart Plan page is displayed on the left side as shown
below.

336 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
APPENDIX B
Event and Alarm Types

Figure B-7 Smart Plan Setup Page

2. Under Smart Plan, turn ON the Extensional smart function option. The Extensional smart
function tab is enabled.
3. Click the Extensional smart function tab to view the LoiterTrace alarms as shown
below.

Figure B-8 Extensional smart function page

4. Click Open. The Xtralis authentication window is displayed as shown below.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 337

 APPENDIX B
B Event and Alarm Types

Figure B-9 Xtralis Login

5. Enter the credentials and then click OK. The LoiterTrace page is displayed as shown
below.

Figure B-10 Loiter Trace Page

6. Under Configure > Calibrate tab:

a. Click Take Snapshot under Current front marker to take the snapshot and adjust
the viewer on the right pane as shown below.

338 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
APPENDIX B
Event and Alarm Types

Figure B-11 Loiter Trace Configuration

b. Click Take Snapshot under Current back marker to take the snapshot and adjust
the viewer on the right pane as shown below

Figure B-12 Loiter Trace - Calibrate

c. Click Save once done.

7. Under Configure > Zones tab:
a. Add and edit the detection zones and masking zones.
b. Drag to move the zones and circles to change the shapes as shown below.
c. Click Save once done.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 339

 APPENDIX B
B Event and Alarm Types

Figure B-13 Loiter Trace - Zones

8. Under Configure > Parameters tab:

a. Set the global parameters as shown below.

Figure B-14 Loiter Trace - Parameters

b. Click Save once done.

9. Once the configuration is done, click the Live tab. The Live View tab is displayed.
10. Click Start Loiter Logging button at the bottom of page to start loitering process. Based
on the global parameters set the loiter alarms are generated and displayed on the left
pane as shown below. These alarms are also generated in MAXPRO NVR > Alarms
window.
Similarly you can configure the Intrusion Trace Alarms.

340 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
APPENDIX B
MAXPRO®NVRs - AXIS Camera/Encoders Discovery and Configuration (using ONVIF)

Figure B-15 Loiter Trace - Live View Logs

MAXPRO®NVRs - AXIS Camera/Encoders

Discovery and Configuration (using ONVIF)
This section describes the steps to discover and configure the AXIS Camera/Encoders as an
ONVIF device in MAXPRO NVRs.
If you have questions concerning this document, please contact Honeywell Technical
Support. See the back cover for contact information.

Step 1: Enable ONVIF Web Service on AXIS

Camera/Encoder

Scenario Description
If you are unable to discover AXIS cameras/encoders using ONVIF compliance standard in
MAXPRO® NVR, ensure that ONVIF Web service is enabled and set up on the AXIS device.
The above scenario is noticed if you log on to the camera web page (for example to set the IP
address on the AXIS device) prior to discovering and configuring the device in NVR through
ONVIF; as a result the ONVIF Webservice gets disabled automatically.
Perform the steps in Option 1: Add a ONVIF user in the camera web page. section on page
341. or Option 2: Reset to factory default settings section on page 343 to enable ONVIF on
the AXIS devices.

Note: AXIS P1347 Network Camera is used as an example to show the steps required.
Perform similar steps for other AXIS ONVIF devices.

Option 1: Add a ONVIF user in the camera web page.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 341

 APPENDIX B
B MAXPRO®NVRs - AXIS Camera/Encoders Discovery and Configuration (using ONVIF)

1. Log on to the AXIS camera web page. The AXIS camera home page appears with live
video.
2. Click Setup and then navigate to System Options > ONVIF. The User List dialog box
appears (see Figure B-16).

Figure B-16 User List

3. Click the Add button. The ONVIF User Setup dialog box appears (see Figure B-17).

Figure B-17 ONVIF User Setup

4. Type the user name and password in the respective boxes.

342 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
APPENDIX B
MAXPRO®NVRs - AXIS Camera/Encoders Discovery and Configuration (using ONVIF)

5. Confirm the password and then click OK. The newly added user is displayed in the User
List box. Ensure that you enter the same User name and Password in MAXPRO® NVR
Discovery (Advance Settings) dialog box.

Option 2: Reset to factory default settings

1. Log on to the AXIS camera web page. The AXIS camera home page appears with live
video.
2. Click Setup and then navigate to System Options > Maintenance. The Server
Maintenance page appears (see Figure B-18).

Figure B-18 Server Maintenance

3. In the Maintain Server area, click Restore. A confirmation box appears.

4. Click OK.

Note: Restore operation resets all the parameters, except the IP and focus parameters,
to the original factory settings.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 343

 APPENDIX B
B MAXPRO®NVRs - AXIS Camera/Encoders Discovery and Configuration (using ONVIF)

5. Add and discover the AXIS camera in MAXPRO NVR using the default user name root
and password pass.

Step 2: Discover and Configure the AXIS

Camera/Encoder in MAXPRO ® NVR
1. In MAXPRO NVR, click the Configurator tab. The System page displays by default.
2. Click the Camera tab to open the Camera page.
3. Click the Auto Discovery button, the Auto Discovery screen is displayed.

4. After the discovery, to add the AXIS cameras, first clear the check boxes corresponding to
all other cameras other than AXIS cameras.
5. Select a AXIS camera that you want to add under. type the User Name and Password of
the third party AXIS camera as shown in the following figure.See the Configuring the
Auto Discovery Settings section on page 146 for more information.

Note: The default user name is root and password is pass.

344 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
APPENDIX B
MAXPRO®NVRs - AXIS Camera/Encoders Discovery and Configuration (using ONVIF)

Figure B-19 Axis Credentials

6. Click Apply.
7. In the Discover cameras here area, click Add to add the camera.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 345

 APPENDIX B
B MAXPRO®NVRs - AXIS Camera/Encoders Discovery and Configuration (using ONVIF)

This page is intentionally left blank

346 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

Appendix C
C
Patches Released on Top of NVR 4.0
This chapter lists the various patches that are released on top of MAXPRO NVR 4.0. It also
explains the enhancements that you can experience after installing the specific patch.

In this chapter...

Section See page...

AXIS Patch 347
Skylake Patch 347

AX IS Pa tch
Patch Version: (Build 87H_T2 patch)
Installation: To be installed on top of MAXPRO NVR 4.0

ISSU ES FIXED
The following are the issues fixed in this patch:
• AXIS camera stops responding after upgrading the firmware version to 6.30.1. This
issues is fixed by providing AXIS new Firmware support 6.XXXX.
• Fixed the SMART VMD Issue: Recording is not in progress for the cameras which are
configured only for motion based recording. However, motion based alarms are
generated.

Skyl ake Pat ch

Patch Version: (NVR 4.0 SP1 Build 97)
Installation: To be installed on top of MAXPRO NVR 4.0

RELEASE HIGHLIGHTS:
This Patch includes the following enhancements:
1. Supports Sky-Lake Processor
2. For Archival under Delete Archived Recordings After > Continuous recording drop-
down, new deletion schedules are implemented such as 2,3,4 and 5 years as highlighted
below.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 347

 APPENDIX C
C Patches Released on Top of NVR 4.0

3. Updated the Resolutions for Equip S2 series (HICC-2500MI, HIVDC-2500MI) cameras.

4. Updated the Number of Streams [3 Streams] for Equip S2 series (HICC-2500MI, HIVDC-
2500MI) cameras.
5. Support for 15 Performance series camera s models.
6. Limit for Rendering Camera can be increased in Registry. The default value is 20. See
How to increase the Limit for Rendering Camera section for more information.

ISSU ES FI XED
The following are the issues fixed in this patch:
1. Sandy-Bridge Issue: Provided the support to disable the GPU Rendering feature from
Preferences dialog box. See How to Disable the GPU Rendering section for more
information.
2. I18N: Fixed the issue: Values are not displaying in the Archival drop-down list in Polish
language
3. Fixed the Clip Player Day light Saving Time issue
4. T2 Patch changes - Axis v6.0 support and fixed the SVMD issue
5. Fixed the Incorrect GPU driver installation and the cameras are not rendering issue.

How to increase the Limit for Rendering Camera

1. Open the Registry Editor window.
2. Navigate to
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Honeywell\MaxproNVR\Trinity
Framework\Client and then double-click GPU_CAMERA_LIMIT on the right pane. The
Edit DWORD dialog box appears as shown below.

348 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
APPENDIX C
Patches Released on Top of NVR 4.0

3. In the Value data field, modify the value based on your requirement and then click OK.
The default value is 20.

How to Disable the GPU Rendering

1. Click the Preferences option in the user menu. The Preferences dialog box is displayed.
By default, the General Settings tab is selected.
2. Click the Rendering Settings tab as shown below.

3. Select the Enable GPU Rendering check box to enable and to render video using GPU.
OR
Clear the Enable GPU Rendering check box to disable GPU Rendering.

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 349

 APPENDIX C
C Patches Released on Top of NVR 4.0

This page is intentionally left blank

350 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

Index
A
Acknowledgement and Clearing of Alarms 240
Adding Analog Cameras 169
Adding Arecont 360 Camera 163
Adding AXIS 360 Camera 161
Adding FLIR Camera 169
Adding IP Cameras/Encoders 137
Adding Oncam Grandeye Cameras 159
Adding the Cameras 137
Admin 94
Advanced Discovery Settings 146, 184
Advanced Security 48
Advantages 48
Alarm Preview Pane 109
Alarm Threshold Value 110
Alternate DNS server 59
Analog Capture Card Support 43
Anonymization 38
Archival 48
Arecont 360 Camera, Adding 163
Aspect Ratio 158
Audio 48
Auto Add Cameras 125
Auto Discover Cameras 125
Auto Discovery 43
Auto IP Assignment 125
Automatic Retry for Backfilled Clips 195
Auto-protection and Auto-updates 313
AXIS Patch 347
AXIS 360 Camera, Adding 161
B
Backing up the Metadata and Database 314
Binding the generated certificate with https 277, 286
C
Camera Level Events and Alarm types 334
Certifcate Information 291
Changing Default Port 80 for the MAXPRO Mobile app 265, 334
Changing Default Port 80 for the MAXPRO Web Client and MAXPRO Mobile app 265
Changing the Default IP address and Machine Name 313
Changing the MAXPRO NVR IP Address and Machine Name 57
Channels 32
Checking the Connection with the MAXPRO NVR Server 240
Clip Export 47
Closing The MAXPRO® NVR SE User Interface 118
Commissioning 53
Complete Installation 78
Compression 144, 172
Computer Name 59
Configurator Tab 104
configure Loitering Trace Alarm 336

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 351

 INDEX

Configuring Cameras 136

Configuring Diagnostic Settings 113
Configuring MAXPRO NVR 54, 119
Configuring MAXPRO NVR SE 119
Configuring Oncam Grandeye Cameras 158
Configuring System Settings 127
Configuring the Advance Settings 113
Configuring the Disk Management Settings 132
Configuring the Input and Output for an Analog Camera 175
Configuring the Input and Output for an IP Camera 186
Configuring the Monitor Display Properties 59, 59
Configuring the New EquIP Model Camera 165
Configuring the OSD Settings 111
Configuring the Schedules 184
Configuring the Snapshot Clip Export Settings 111
Configuring the System Settings 127
Configuring the Timeline Settings 112
Connecting a PTZ Camera 69
Connecting a Video Source 66
Connecting Control Outputs 67
Creating Self Signed Certificate 274, 280
Creation of Clips 242
Creation of Images 242
Custom Installation 85
Customizing MAXPRO NVR Single-box Turnkey Solutions (XE,SE,PE) 313
D
Default 97
Default IP addresses 57
Default Settings 115
Deleting A Profile 98
Deleting Cameras 184
Device Listing 240
Devices Window 102
Diagnostic Settings 113
DVR 31
E
Easy Configuration 42
Edge Syn Recording 44
Edge Sync Settings 130
Efficient Event and Alarm Viewing Capability 45
E-mail Notification 47
Email Settings 128
Enable Recording During On Demand Streaming 197
Enriched Video Viewing Experience 45
Event and Alarm Types 334
Event Recording 145, 174
Event Recording Settings 128
Event Server Configuration 129
Exit 125
F
Familiarizing 101
FCC Compliance Statement 21
Firewall settings 121
Flexible Licensing 42
FLIR Camera, Adding 153

352 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
INDEX

Form Factor 32
Four Eye Authentication 39
FPS 108
G
General System Settings 127
Generating Event History 243
Getting to Know the MAXPRO NVR User Interface 101
GOP 144, 172
GPU Rendering 349
GPU Rendering Support 43
H
Help Tab 107
Help tab 107
Holidays/Exceptions Settings 132
Honeywell devices 121
Honeywell provided systems 93
Honeywell’s boxed solutions 53, 116
How to enable Anonymization 200
How to enable Four Eye Authentication 204
How to Install MAXPRO® NVR 74
How to upgrade the Firmware 336
H.265 144
H.265 cameras 46
H.265 Codec Support 46
I
Immervision Support 157
Important Safeguards 22
Industry Standards 42
Installing MAXPRO Web Client Manually 334
Installing the Certificate 278, 287
Installing Web Client 267
Integration Capability 48
Intended Audience 21
Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) 58
Introducing Web Client 267
Introduction 267
IP expertise 31
K
Keyboard Support 47
L
Live Video from Cameras 241
Logging Off 101
Logging on 93
Logging On To MAXPRO NVR SE 93
Logging On Using Profiles 93
Logon using Touch ID 303
Loitering & Intrusion Trace Alarms 336
Looping Output Termination 67
LPR - Event Server Management 43
M
Making Connections 66
Managing Analog Cameras 157
MAXPRO NVR 31
MAXPRO NVR Clip Player 47

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 353

 INDEX

MAXPRO NVR DVD 74

MAXPRO NVR PE 32
MAXPRO NVR SE 32
MAXPRO NVR SE server addresses 93
MAXPRO NVR Software 32
MAXPRO NVR Software Prerequisites 73
MAXPRO NVR System Architecture 49
MAXPRO NVR Web Client Features 274, 280
MAXPRO NVR Wizard 54
MAXPRO NVR XE 32
MAXPRO Status Monitor 44
MAXPRO Web Configurator 43
MaxProNVRMachineNameUtility.exe 59
MAXPRO®NVRs - AXIS Camera/Encoders Discovery and Configuration (using ONV-
IF) 341
Meta Data Conversion Utility 47, 318
Mobile Apps 48
Modifying A Profile 98
Multicast Enabled 143
Multi-channel Encoders 151
Multi-language Support 47
MultiStream 43
N
NeoEngine Server 98
New EquIP Camera Model Dewarping 46
New EquIP Series Camera Models Support 46
NIC2 58
O
Offline Mode 318
On Demand live Streaming 44
On Screen Display (OSD) s 107
ONVIF standards 31
Operator Log Report 243
OSD Settings 111
P
Panning, Tilting, and Zooming 241
Panomorph Settings 157
Password 94
Password Complexity 39
Patches Released 347
Performing PTZ operations 274
Playback of recorded video 241
Port Forwarding 99
Powering on the MAXPRO NVR Unit 57
Privacy Protection Settings (GDPR Favored) 38
profile 97
Profile Cameras 47
Profile-G 44
PSIA 31
PTZ 70
R
Rear Panel Connectors 62
Recommendation to use Low bandwidth stream option 194
Recorder Level Events and Alarm types 335
Recording and Playback Operations 44

354 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

 . . . . .
INDEX

Region of Interest (ROI) 181

Registration and Licensing 117
Rendering Camera 348
Report tab 106
Reports 47
Role based Operator Privileges 42
RTSP Settings 154
S
Salvo View 242
Scheduled Metadata and Database Backup 313
Scheduled Task for Backing up the Metadata and Database 314
Scope 27
Search 45
Search Tab 105
Search tab 105
Searching for Recorded Video in the IP Engine 242
Server Address 96
Server IP/Name 97
Setting preferences 107
Setting the MAXPRO Web Configurator 268
Setting up a site 93, 119, 267, 347
Setting up the MAXPRO NVR 53
Setting up the server and client computers 53
Settings for the MAXPRO NVR Single-box Turnkey Solution 55
Settings for the MAXPRO NVR Software-Only Solution 55
Simultaneous Video Recording and Video Viewing 45
Skylake Patch 347
SMART Motion Search 46
Snapshot Clip Export Settings 111
Spot Monitoring 180
Storage 32
System and Performance Improvements 40
T
Task bar 125
Third Party ONVIF Profile G supported cameras 43
Timeline 241
Timeline Settings 112
Traditional VMD (Cameras and Head-ends) 181
trinity 94
Trinity Controller 98
Trinity Server 98
U
UltraKey 70
Uninstalling MAXPRO Web Client 268
Uninstalling MAXPRO® NVR 89
Updating Cameras 152
upgrade the Firmware of a camera 336
Upgrade to MAXPRO NVR 5.0 251
Upgrading MAXPRO NVR 89
Upgrading to MAXPRO NVR 4.1 265
Upgrading to MAXPRO NVR 4.1Build 123 Rev B 265
UPS 57
User Friendly and Feature Rich User Interface 43
User menu 116
Username 94

MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide 355

 INDEX

V
Venus 46
Verifying the Configuration 239, 239, 313
Verifying the Touch ID 303
Video Analytics Events 335
Video Motion Detection (VMD) Support 45
Video Rendering 107, 109
Video Surround Feature 47
view Anonymized video 202
Viewer 125
Viewer Tab 102
VOD 44
W
Warranty and Service 24
Web Client 48
Windows Logged-In User 94, 319
Z
10245

356 MAXPRO NVR 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide

Contact Information
Honeywell Security and Fire Americas (Head Office) Honeywell Security and Fire Northern Europe
2700 Blankenbaker Pkwy, Suite 150 Ampèrestraat 41
Louisville, KY 40299, USA 1446 TR Purmerend, The Netherlands
www.honeywell.com/security www.honeywell.com/security/nl
 +1 800 323 4576  +31 (0) 299 410 200
Honeywell Security and Fire Deutschland
Johannes-Mauthe-Straße 14
Honeywell Security and Fire Europe/South Africa
D-72458 Albstadt, Germany
Aston Fields Road, Whitehouse Industrial Estate
www.honeywell.com/security/de
Runcorn, WA7 3DL, United Kingdom
 +49 (0) 7431 801-0
www.honeywell.com/security/uk
 +44 (0) 1928 754 028
Honeywell Security and Fire France
Immeuble Lavoisier
Honeywell Security and Fire Americas
Parc de Haute Technologie
Caribbean/Latin America
3-7 rue Georges Besse
9315 NW 112th Ave.
92160 Antony, France
Miami, FL 33178, USA
www.honeywell.com/security/fr
www.honeywell.com/security/clar
 +33 (0) 1 40 96 20 50
 +1 305 805 8188

Honeywell Security and Fire Italia SpA

Honeywell Security and Fire Pacific
Via della Resistenza 53/59
Level 3, 2 Richardson Place
20090 Buccinasco
North Ryde, NSW 2113, Australia
Milan, Italy
www.asia.security.honeywell.com
www.honeywell.com/security/it
 +61 2 9353 7000
 +39 (0) 2 4888 051
Honeywell Security and Fire España
Honeywell Security and Fire Asia Avenida de Italia, n° 7, 2a planta
35F Tower A, City Center, 100 Zun Yi Road C.T. Coslada
Shanghai 200051, China 28821 Coslada, Madrid, Spain
www.asia.security.honeywell.com www.honeywell.com/security/es
 +86 21 5257 4568  +34 902 667 800

Honeywell Security and Fire Middle East/N. Africa Honeywell Security & Fire Pacific
Emaar Business Park, Sheikh Zayed Road Unit 5, 24-28 River Rd West,
Building No. 2, Office No. 30 Parramatta NSW - 2150 , Australia
Post Office Box 232362 www.honeywellsecurity.com.au
Dubai, United Arab Emirates [email protected]
www.honeywell.com/security/me Ph: 1800 220 345
 +971 (0) 4 450 5800

www.honeywellvideo.com www.honeywell.com/security/uk
+1 800 323 4576 (North America only) +44 (0) 1928 754 028 (Europe only)
https//honeywellsystems.com/ss/techsupp/index.html https//honeywellsystems.com/ss/techsupp/index.html

Document 800-16419V5 – Rev J–MAXPRO® NVR Installation and Configuration Guide - 5/2019
© 2019 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced by any means without written
permission from Honeywell. The information in this publication is believed to be accurate in all respects. However, Honeywell cannot
assume responsibility for any consequences resulting from the use thereof. The information contained herein is subject to change
without notice. Revisions or new editions to this publication may be issued to incorporate such changes. For patent information, see
www.honeywell.com/patents.